e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION
REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission file
number: 1-32381
HERBALIFE LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Cayman Islands
|
|
98-0377871
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
P.O. Box 309GT
Ugland House, South Church Street
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
|
|
90015
(Zip Code)
|
(Address of Principal Executive
Offices)
|
|
|
(310) 410-9600
(Registrants
telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
Common Shares, par value $0.002 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
(§ 229,405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as
defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
There were 61,499,615 common shares outstanding as of
February 20, 2009. The aggregate market value of the
Registrants common shares held by non-affiliates was
approximately $1,893 million as of June 30, 2008,
based upon the last reported sales price on the New York Stock
Exchange on that date of $38.75.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrants Definitive Proxy Statement to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later
than 120 days after the end of the Registrants fiscal
year ended December 31, 2008, are incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of
historical fact are forward-looking statements for
purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any
projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any
statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management
for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new
services or developments; any statements regarding future
economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief;
and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words
may, will, estimate,
intend, continue, believe,
expect or anticipate and any other
similar words.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of
our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results
could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any
of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial
condition and results of operations, as well as any
forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to
inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed or
incorporated by reference in our filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Important factors that could cause our
actual results, performance and achievements, or industry
results to differ materially from estimates or projections
contained in our forward-looking statements include, among
others, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our relationship with, and our ability to influence the actions
of, our distributors;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity associated with our products or network
marketing organization;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties relating to interpretation and enforcement of
recently enacted legislation in China governing direct selling;
|
|
|
|
our inability to obtain the necessary licenses to expand our
direct selling business in China;
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in the Chinese economy, Chinese legal system or
Chinese governmental policies;
|
|
|
|
improper action by our employees or international distributors
in violation of applicable law;
|
|
|
|
changing consumer preferences and demands;
|
|
|
|
loss or departure of any member of our senior management team
which could negatively impact our distributor relations and
operating results;
|
|
|
|
the competitive nature of our business;
|
|
|
|
regulatory matters governing our products, including potential
governmental or regulatory actions concerning the safety or
efficacy of our products, and network marketing program
including the direct selling market in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with operating internationally, including
foreign exchange and devaluation risks;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on increased penetration of existing markets;
|
|
|
|
contractual limitations on our ability to expand our business;
|
|
|
|
our reliance on our information technology infrastructure and
outside manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
the sufficiency of trademarks and other intellectual property
rights;
|
|
|
|
product concentration;
|
|
|
|
our reliance on our management team;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties relating to the application of transfer pricing,
duties, value added taxes, and similar tax regulations;
|
|
|
|
taxation relating to our distributors;
|
|
|
|
product liability claims;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
any collateral impact resulting from the ongoing worldwide
financial crisis, including the availability of
liquidity to us, our customers and our suppliers or the
willingness of our customers to purchase products in a
recessionary economic environment; and
|
|
|
|
whether we will purchase any of our shares in the open markets
or otherwise.
|
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from our forward-looking statements are set forth in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including under the heading Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and in our
Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes.
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
speak only as of the date hereof, and forward-looking statements
in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak
only as of the date of those documents. We do not undertake any
obligation to update or release any revisions to any
forward-looking statement or to report any events or
circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence
of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
The
Company
Unless otherwise noted, the terms we,
our, us, Company and
Herbalife refer to Herbalife Ltd. and its
subsidiaries, including WH Capital Corporation, or WH Capital
Corp., and Herbalife International, Inc., or Herbalife
International, and its subsidiaries. Herbalife is a holding
company, with substantially all of its assets consisting of the
capital stock of its indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary,
Herbalife International.
PART I
GENERAL
We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
management, nutritional supplement, energy, sports &
fitness products and personal care products. We pursue our
mission of changing peoples lives by providing
a financially rewarding business opportunity to distributors and
quality products to distributors and customers who seek a
healthy lifestyle. We are one of the largest network marketing
companies in the world with net sales of approximately
$2.4 billion for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2008. We sell our products in 70 countries through a
network of over 1.9 million independent distributors. In
China, in order to comply with local laws and regulations, we
sell our products through retail stores and an employed sales
force. We believe the quality of our products and the
effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with
geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our
success throughout our
29-year
operating history.
We offer science based products in four principal categories:
weight management, targeted nutrition, energy,
sports & fitness and Outer Nutrition. The weight
management product portfolio includes meal replacement shakes,
weight-loss enhancers, appetite suppressors and a variety of
healthy snacks. Our collection of targeted nutrition products
includes dietary supplements which contain vitamins, minerals
and natural ingredients that support total well-being and
long-term good health. The energy, sports & fitness
category includes energy and isotonic drinks to support a
healthy active lifestyle. Our Outer Nutrition products include
skin cleansers, moisturizers and lotions with antioxidants, as
well as anti-aging products. Weight management, targeted
nutrition, energy, sports & fitness and Outer
Nutrition accounted for 62.9%, 20.9%, 4.2% and 6.2% of our net
sales in fiscal year 2008, respectively.
We believe that the direct-selling channel is ideally suited to
marketing our products, because sales of weight management,
nutrition and personal care products are strengthened by ongoing
personal contact between retail consumers and distributors. This
personal contact may enhance consumers nutritional and
health education as well as motivate consumers to begin and
maintain wellness and weight management programs. In addition,
many of our distributors use our products themselves, and can
therefore provide first-hand testimonials of the effectiveness
of our products to consumers, which often serve as a powerful
sales tool.
4
We are focused on building and maintaining our distributor
network by offering financially rewarding and flexible career
opportunities through sales of quality, innovative and
efficacious products to health conscious consumers. We believe
the income opportunity provided by our network marketing program
appeals to a broad cross-section of people throughout the world,
particularly those seeking to supplement family income, start a
home business or pursue entrepreneurial, full and part-time,
employment opportunities. Our distributors, who are independent
contractors, can profit from selling our products and can also
earn royalties and bonuses on sales made by the other
distributors whom they recruit to join their sales organizations.
We enable distributors to maximize their potential by providing
a broad array of motivational, educational and support services.
We motivate our distributors through our performance-based
compensation plan, individual recognition, reward programs and
promotions, and participation in local, national and
international Company-sponsored sales events such as
Extravaganzas. We are committed to providing professionally
designed educational training materials that our distributors
can use to enhance recruitment and maximize their sales. We and
our distributor leadership conduct thousands of training
sessions each year throughout the world to educate and motivate
our distributors. These training events teach our distributors
not only how to develop invaluable business-building and
leadership skills, but also how to differentiate our products to
consumers. Our corporate-sponsored training events provide a
forum for distributors, who otherwise operate independently, to
share ideas with us and each other. In addition, we operate an
internet-based Herbalife Broadcasting Network, which delivers
worldwide, educational, motivational and inspirational content,
including addresses from our Chief Executive Officer, to our
distributors. Our efficient and effective distribution,
logistics and customer care support system assists our
distributors by providing same day, or
next-day
sales capabilities and support services. We further aid our
distributors by generating additional demand for our products
through traditional marketing and public relations activities,
such as television ads, sporting event sponsorships and
endorsements.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our success stems from our ability to motivate
our distributor network through our marketing plan and provide
distributors with a unique go to market strategy that supports
sustainable daily consumption of our innovative and efficacious
products that appeal to consumer preferences for healthy
lifestyles. We have been able to achieve sustained and
profitable growth by capitalizing on the following competitive
strengths:
Distributor
Base
As of December 31, 2008, we had over 1.9 million
distributors, which includes approximately 233,000 China sales
representatives and employees. Collectively we refer to this
group as distributors. Approximately 505,000 of our
1.9 million distributors have become sales leaders, which
are comprised of approximately 457,000 supervisors in the 69
countries where we use our traditional marketing plan and 48,000
China sales employees operating under our China marketing plan.
Collectively we refer to this group as sales
leaders. We believe that the distributors who have not
attained supervisor level can be segmented into three general
categories based on their product order patterns: discount
buyers, small retailers and potential supervisors. We define
discount buyers as customers who have signed up as distributors
to enjoy a discount on their purchases; small retailers as
product users and sales people who generate modest sales to
friends and family; and potential supervisors as distributors
who are proactively developing a business with the intention of
qualifying to become a supervisor. In 2008, excluding China,
distributor orders for these three general categories were
approximately 51%, 29% and 20%, respectively. For the
approximately 505,000 sales leaders in our organization, the
marketing plan encourages active participation in the business
including building down-line sales organizations of their own,
which can serve to increase their income and increase our
product sales. Sales leaders contribute significantly to our
sales.
Product
Portfolio
We are committed to building distributor, customer and brand
loyalty by providing a diverse portfolio of health-oriented and
wellness products. The breadth of our product offerings enables
our distributors to sell a comprehensive package of products
designed to simplify weight management and nutrition. We
continue to introduce new products annually and rigorously
review, and if necessary, improve our product formulations,
based
5
upon developments in nutrition science. We believe that the
longevity and variety in our product portfolio significantly
enhance our distributors abilities to build their
businesses.
Nutrition
Science-Based Product Development
We continue to emphasize and make investments in science-based
product development in the fields of weight management,
nutrition and personal care. We have a growing internal team of
scientists dedicated to continually evaluating opportunities to
enhance our existing products and to develop new science-based
products. These product development efforts are reviewed by
prominent doctors and world-renowned scientists who constitute
our Scientific Advisory Board and Nutrition Advisory Board. In
addition, we have provided donations to assist in the
establishment of the Mark Hughes Cellular and Molecular Lab at
UCLA, or the UCLA Lab, and we continue to rely on their
expertise. We believe that the UCLA Lab provides opportunities
for Herbalife to access cutting-edge science in herbal research
and nutrition. In 2007, Herbalife awarded a research grant to
the National Center for Natural Products Research at the
University of Mississippi School of Pharmacy, or NCNPR. The
grant will allow NCNPR scientists to identify and study the
biologically active chemicals found in botanicals, which may be
used in the development of future dietary supplements and skin
care products for Herbalife.
Scalable
Business Model
Our business model enables us to grow our business with only
moderate investment in our infrastructure and other fixed costs.
With the exception of our China business, we require no
Company-employed sales force to market and sell our products. We
incur no direct incremental cost to add a new distributor in our
existing markets, and our distributor compensation varies
directly with sales. In addition, our distributors bear the
majority of our consumer marketing expenses, and supervisors
sponsor and coordinate a large share of distributor recruiting
and training initiatives. Furthermore, we can readily increase
production and distribution of our products as a result of our
numerous third party manufacturing relationships as well as our
global footprint of in-house distribution centers.
Geographic
Diversification
We have a proven ability to establish our network marketing
organization in new markets. Since our founding 29 years
ago, we have expanded our presence into 70 countries. While
sales within our local markets may fluctuate due to economic,
market and regulatory conditions, competitive pressures,
political and social instability or for Company-specific
reasons, we believe that our geographic diversity mitigates our
financial exposure to any particular market. We opened five new
markets during 2008 and as part of our strategic plan anticipate
opening five new markets during the second half of 2009.
Experienced
Management Team
Our management team is led by Michael O. Johnson who became our
Chief Executive Officer after spending 17 years with The
Walt Disney Company, where he most recently served as President
of Walt Disney International. In 2007, he was named Chairman.
Since joining our Company, Mr. Johnson has assembled a team
of experienced executives, including Desmond Walsh, Executive
Vice President, Worldwide Operations and Sales and formerly
Senior Vice President of the commercial division of DMX Music;
Richard Goudis, Chief Financial Officer and formerly Chief
Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown; Brett R. Chapman, General
Counsel and formerly Senior Vice President and Deputy General
Counsel of The Walt Disney Company; and Steve Henig, Ph.D.,
Chief Scientific Officer with responsibility for our product
research and development, and formerly Senior Vice President of
Ocean Spray Cranberries, Inc.
6
Our
Business Strategy
We believe that our network marketing model is the most
effective way to sell our products. Our objective is to increase
the recruitment, retention, retailing and productivity of our
distributor base by pursuing the following strategic initiatives:
Major
Market Strategy
We look to optimize country operating models, further aligning
resources to fuel growth in high potential markets, develop
lower-cost models where appropriate and centralize key
functions. Expanding in China represents a significant growth
opportunity for us as we believe that China could become one of
the largest direct-selling markets in the world over the next
several years. To address this opportunity, we have assembled a
management team with direct selling experience, secured a
headquarters location in Shanghai, and expanded our
manufacturing capacity in our Suzhou, China factory. In 2007, we
received a direct selling license for the Jiangsu province. In
the third quarter of 2008 we received five additional direct
selling licenses. We also applied for five additional provincial
licenses in September 2008 and hope to receive approval during
2009. In addition, during 2008, we expanded our operations into
five new countries and, as part of our long term strategy, we
expect to continue to identify and open untapped markets.
Additionally, our strategy includes further penetrating our
existing markets and globalizing distributor business methods
which will improve the balance of retailing, retention and
recruiting in major markets. The success of this approach has
been validated by the improved market penetration in key markets
such as Brazil, the United States, South Korea, Taiwan and
Russia.
Product
Strategy
We are committed to providing our distributors with unique,
innovative products to help them increase sales and recruit new
distributors. Our product development is focused on four
principal categories: weight management; targeted nutrition;
energy, sports & fitness and Outer Nutrition that
capitalize on the mega trends of obesity, and anti-aging. On an
ongoing basis we will augment our product portfolio with
additional science-based products and, as appropriate, will
bundle products addressing similar health concerns into packages
and programs. We are establishing a core set of products that
will be available in key markets around the world. We also
introduced new upgraded formulations of existing products to
continue to improve the efficacy and product differentiation of
our product as compared to products that can be found on the
retail shelf. To better support distributors, we will expand our
product packaging to provide both sample sizes and larger sizes
of our top selling products. Additionally, each year we plan to
have mega launches of products
and/or
programs, coupled with our major events, to generate continued
excitement among our distributors, to add to our core set of
products and to support our distributor daily methods of
operation, or DMOs. These mega launches will
generally target specific market segments deemed strategic to
us, such as the recent introduction of our powered fiber and
aloe lines that support our focus on driving daily consumption.
To augment the personal testimonials of our distributors and to
provide them with independent validation of our product efficacy
we successfully completed two clinical studies in 2008 and
currently have three additional clinical studies underway.
Distributor
Strategy
We continue to increase our investment in events and promotions,
both in absolute dollars and as a percent of net sales, as a
catalyst to help our distributors improve the effectiveness and
productivity of their businesses. We work with our distributor
leaders to globalize best-practice business methods to enable
our distributors to improve their penetration in existing
markets. We refer to these business methods as DMOs and they
include such methods as: Nutrition Clubs, Commercial Clubs,
Weight Loss Challenge, the Total Plan, Wellness Coach and
Internet/Sampling.
We also offer distributors BizWorks, a business system which
assists our distributors in building their businesses more
efficiently while better servicing their existing customers. And
finally, to increase brand awareness among potential customers
and distributors, we have entered into numerous marketing
alliances around the world, created Team Herbalife
and rolled-out a style guide and brand asset library so that our
distributors have access to the Herbalife brand logo for use in
their marketing efforts.
7
Infrastructure
Strategy
In 2003, we embarked upon a strategic initiative to
significantly upgrade our technology infrastructure throughout
the world. We are implementing an Oracle enterprise-wide
technology solution, with a scalable and stable open
architecture platform, to enhance our efficiency and
productivity as well as that of our distributors. In addition,
we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and distributor
services platform with tools such as BizWorks, BizWorks 2.0 and
MyHerbalife.com and we have invested in business intelligence
tools to enable better analysis of our business. In 2008, we
successfully completed upgrades for the software application
tier of the Oracle platform with implementation across multiple
regions. In early 2009, we expect to complete our roll out of
the Oracle platform in all of our regions, except China, and
decommission our historical computer platform which runs on the
HP3000. Additionally, we are evaluating possibly increasing our
investment in manufacturing capability in an effort to improve
margins, quality control and better protect our intellectual
property. We continue to invest in our employees through a
comprehensive and global organizational development program as
well as a Wellness program which was initiated in the
U.S. during 2008.
Product
Overview
For 29 years, our products have been designed to help
distributors and customers from around the world lose weight,
improve their health and experience life-changing results. We
have built our heritage on developing unique formulas that blend
the best of nature with innovative techniques from nutrition
science, appealing to the growing base of consumers seeking
differentiated products and desiring a healthier lifestyle.
As of December 31, 2008, we marketed and sold 134 products
encompassing over 3,500 SKUs through our distributors and had
approximately 1,887 trademarks worldwide. We group our products
into four primary categories: weight management, targeted
nutrition, energy, sports & fitness and Outer
Nutrition. Our products are often sold as part of a program, and
therefore our portfolio is comprised of a series of related
products designed to simplify weight management and nutrition
for our consumers and maximize our distributors
cross-selling opportunities. These programs target specific
consumer market segments, such as women, men or children, as
well as weight-management customers and individuals looking to
enhance their overall well-being and support an active, healthy
lifestyle.
The following table summarizes our products by product category.
|
|
|
|
|
Product Category
|
|
Description
|
|
Representative Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight Management
(62.9% of 2008 net sales)
|
|
Meal replacement, weight-loss enhancers and a variety of healthy
snacks
|
|
Formula 1 Healthy Meal, Personalized Protein Powder, Total
Control®,
Protein Bars and Snacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
Targeted Nutrition
(20.9% of 2008 net sales)
|
|
Dietary and nutritional supplements containing quality herbs,
vitamins, minerals and other natural ingredients
|
|
Niteworks®,
Garden
7®
phytonutrient supplement, Best
Defense®
for improved immune system, Kids Line
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy, Sports & Fitness
(4.2% of 2008 net sales)
|
|
Products that support a healthy active lifestyle
|
|
Liftoff®
energy drink,
H3Otm
hydration drink
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outer Nutrition
(6.2% of 2008 net sales)
|
|
Skin cleansers, moisturizers, lotions, shampoos and conditioners
|
|
Skin
Activator®
Anti-Aging line,
NouriFusion®
skin care line
|
|
|
|
|
|
Literature, Promotional and Other Products
(5.8% of 2008 net sales)
|
|
Sales aids, informational audiotapes, CDs, DVDs and start-up kits
|
|
International Business Packs, BizWorks
|
Weight
Management
Weight Management is our largest product category representing
62.9% of our net sales for the year 2008. Formula 1, our
best-selling product, is a healthy meal with soy protein,
essential vitamins, minerals, herbs and nutrients that is
available in seven delicious flavors and can help support weight
management. It has been part of our basic weight management
program for 29 years and generated approximately 31% of our
retail sales for the year
8
2008. Personalized Protein Powder is a soy and whey protein
product developed to be added to Formula 1 to personalize a
persons daily protein intake to help achieve their desired
weight and shape. Weight-loss enhancers, including Total
Control®,
address specific challenges associated with dieting, such as
lack of energy, hunger and food craving, fluid retention,
decreased metabolism and digestive challenges, by building
energy, boosting metabolism, curbing appetite and helping to
promote weight loss. Healthy snacks are formulated to provide
between-meal nutrition and satisfaction. In 2008, we introduced
packettes in all 7 flavors in the U.S., as well as a packette
variety pack to support dietary supplement, or DS sampling and
lead generation efforts. Cafe Latte Formula One was very well
received in the US and should be successful around the world,
providing a new taste experience to help address flavor fatigue
and appeal to the large and growing coffee drinking segment.
Targeted
Nutrition
We market numerous dietary and nutritional supplements designed
to meet our customers specific nutritional needs. Each of
these supplements contains quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
other natural ingredients and focuses on specific life stages of
our customers, including women, men, children and those with
health concerns, including heart health, healthy aging,
digestive health, or immune solutions.
Niteworks®
is a product developed in conjunction with Nobel Laureate in
Medicine, Dr. Louis Ignarro, that supports energy,
circulatory and vascular health and enhances blood flow to the
heart, brain and other vital organs. Garden
7®
is designed to provide the phytonutrient benefits of seven
servings of fruits and vegetables and has anti-oxidant and
health-boosting properties. Best
Defense®
is an effervescent drink that boosts immunity. In 2007, we
introduced a new Kids Line including shakes and improved
multivitamins which provide essential nutrition including
protein, fiber and 100% of key nutrients to meet growing
kids daily needs. In 2008, we re-launched the Digestive
Line and introduced two new products Herbal Aloe
Powder (Mango Accent and Aloe Accent flavors) and Active Fiber
Complex (Apple and Unflavored).
Energy,
Sports & Fitness
We entered into the high growth energy drink category in 2005
with the introduction of
Liftoff®,
an innovative, effervescent energy drink containing a
proprietary blend of B-vitamins, guarana, ginseng, ginkgo and
caffeine to increase energy and improve mental clarity for
better performance throughout the day. In 2007, we launched
H3Otm
Fitness Drink to provide rapid hydration, sustained muscle
energy plus antioxidant protection for people living a healthy,
active lifestyle. In 2008, we continued to expand our product
offerings in the energy drink segment with the introduction of
two new flavors of Liftoff Tropical Fruit and Lemon
Cola.
Outer
Nutrition
Our Outer Nutrition products complement our weight management
and targeted nutrition products and aim to improve the
appearance of the body, skin and hair. These products include
skin cleansers, toners, moisturizers and facial masks, shampoos
and conditioners, body-wash items and a selection of fragrances
for men and women.
NouriFusion®
Multivitamin skin care products are formulated with antioxidant
Vitamins A, C and E for a healthy, glowing complexion. In 2006,
we launched a full line of anti-aging products as an extension
of our successful Skin
Activator®
product, an advanced face cream that contains a
collagen-building Glucosamine Complex to reduce the appearance
of fine lines and wrinkles.
Literature,
Promotional and Other Products
We also sell literature and promotional materials, including
sales aids, informational audiotapes, videotapes, CDs and DVDs
designed to support our distributors marketing efforts, as
well as
start-up
kits called International Business Packs for new
distributors. In 2006, we introduced BizWorks, a customizable
retail website for our distributors to enhance the on-line
experience and improve their productivity.
Product
Development
We are committed to providing our distributors with unique,
innovative science-based products to help them increase
recruitment, retention and retailing. We believe this can be
best accomplished in part by introducing new
9
products and by upgrading, reformulating and repackaging
existing product lines. Our internal team of scientists and
product developers collaborate with our Nutrition Advisory Board
and Scientific Advisory Board to formulate, review and evaluate
new product ideas. Once a particular market opportunity has been
identified, our scientists along with our marketing and sales
teams work closely with distributors to effect a successful
development and launch of the product.
A new product development process was implemented globally in
2007 to accelerate the introduction of new products and to
improve the launch of products. Cross-functional teams from
Product Marketing, Product Development, Sciences, Licensing,
Manufacturing and Finance were formed and assigned to major
product initiatives.
The product development process is a stage-gate process based on
best in class practices in our industry. The process
consists of five stages: identification, feasibility assessment,
development, launch and learn. The project teams obtain
approvals from a corporate steering team comprised of key
executives in the Company. The process defines each
departments roles and responsibilities and sets clear
deliverables for each stage. It creates a succinct process from
the beginning of the development cycle to the end.
New product ideas are generated and narrowed down to high
potential ideas that fill our business needs and conform to our
overall strategy. We test the most promising ideas with
distributors and customers using a variety of qualitative and
quantitative tools. This testing is followed by a feasibility
assessment which includes a review of product and package
prototypes, product positioning and messaging, process design,
analysis of manufacturing issues and providing preliminary
financial projections of product sales. The next stage is the
development phase in which we finalize the formula, process,
manufacturing strategy, product positioning, pricing, labeling
and other related matters. The fourth stage is the launch phase
in which we prepare promotional and sales materials, complete
the supply chain plan, create product and financial forecasts,
and complete other final preparations for launch. After the
product is launched, we closely track sales performance and the
lessons learned so we can update and improve the product
development process. In addition, during the past three years,
we have significantly increased our investment in clinical
studies and in our science program to substantiate claims and
efficacy of our products.
We reorganized our technical team in 2008 for greater efficiency
in product development as well as to carry out related product
development strategies both globally and regionally. During
2008, we also added new talents to our technical and scientific
teams and additional resources to the Companys Nutrition
and Scientific Advisory Boards.
The Nutrition Advisory Board is headed by David
Heber, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine and Public
Health at the UCLA School of Medicine, Director of the UCLA
Center for Human Nutrition and Director of the UCLA Center for
Dietary Supplement Research in Botanicals. The Nutrition
Advisory Board has 20 members from 17 countries. It is comprised
of leading scientists and medical doctors who provide training
on product usage and give health-news updates through Herbalife
literature, the Internet and training events around the world.
Our Scientific Advisory Board is chaired by Dr. Heber and
has 10 members from five countries. Louis Ignarro, Ph.D.,
Distinguished Professor of Pharmacology at the UCLA School of
Medicine and Nobel Laureate in Medicine is also a member of the
Scientific Advisory Board.
We believe that it is important to maintain our relationships
with members of our Nutrition Advisory Board and Scientific
Advisory Board to recognize the time and effort that they expend
on our behalf. Each member of our Nutrition Advisory Board other
than Dr. Heber receives a monthly retainer of up to $5,000,
plus up to $3,000 for every day that they appear at a
non-southern California distributor event and up to $2,000 for
every day that they need to travel to such events. Members of
our Scientific Advisory Board are compensated for their time and
efforts in the following manner: (1) ten members are paid
an annual retainer of $5,000 plus travel expenses,
(2) Dr. Ignarro receives no direct compensation from
us although we do pay a consulting firm, with which
Dr. Ignarro is affiliated, a royalty on sales of
Niteworks®,
certain healthy heart products, and other products
that we may mutually designate in the future that are, in each
case, sold with the aid of Dr. Ignarros consulting,
promotional or endorsement services, with such amounts totaling
$2.1 million, $1.9 million, and $1.0 million in
2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively and (3) Dr. Heber
generally, other than a one time option grant in 2005, receives
no direct compensation from us although we do reimburse him for
travel expenses and we do pay to a consulting firm, with which
Dr. Heber is affiliated, a quarterly consulting fee of
$75,000. During 2008, a total of $350,000 was paid to the
consulting firm.
10
In 2007, we completed construction and moved into modern,
state-of-the-art product development laboratories in Torrance,
California, and upgraded our quality control laboratories in
Carson, California. This investment will enable our developers,
scientists and quality control staff to accelerate product
development, launch products faster and provide a more robust
quality control program.
We also made further contributions to the UCLA Lab. We have
continually invested in this lab since 2002 with total donations
of approximately $1.4 million which includes donations of
lab equipment and software. UCLA agreed that the donations would
be used for further research and education in the fields of
weight management and botanical dietary supplements. In
addition, we have made donations from time to time to UCLA to
fund research and educational programs. While our direct
relationship with UCLA is currently limited to conducting one
ongoing clinical study, we intend to take full advantage of the
expertise at UCLA by committing to support research that will
further our understanding of the benefits of phytochemicals.
In 2008, we introduced two new digestive health products in the
US, Aloe Powder in two flavors and Active Fiber Complex in two
new flavors. Formula One packettes were introduced in all seven
flavors. Two new flavors of
Liftoff®,
lemon cola and tropical fruit, were introduced in the US. Our
European business launched a hydration drink called H3O Pro
targeted to fitness professionals and athletes.
Regionally, Red Ginseng energy tablets were launched in South
Korea, Cordyceps capsules in China and a line of skin care
products in Brazil branded Soft Green.
We believe our focus on nutrition and botanical science and our
efforts at combining our internal research and development
efforts with the scientific expertise of our Scientific Advisory
Board, the educational skills of the Nutrition Advisory Board
and the resources of the UCLA Lab should result in meaningful
product introductions and give our distributors and consumers
increased confidence in our products.
Network
Marketing Program
General
Our products are distributed through a global network marketing
organization comprised of over 1.9 million independent
distributors in 70 countries, including in China where, due to
regulations, our sales are conducted through Company operated
retail stores, sales representatives and employed sales
management personnel. In China, in the areas where we have a
direct selling license, our distributors and employees can sell
Herbalife product outside the retail establishments. In addition
to helping our distributors achieve physical health and wellness
through use of our products, we offer our distributors, who are
independent contractors, attractive income opportunities.
Distributors may earn income on their own sales and can also
earn royalties and bonuses on sales made by the distributors in
their sales organizations. We believe that our products are
particularly well-suited to the network marketing distribution
channel because sales of weight management and health and
wellness products are strengthened by ongoing personal contact
and coaching between retail consumers and distributors. We
believe our continued commitment to developing innovative,
science-based products will enhance our ability to attract new
distributors as well as increase the productivity and retention
of existing distributors. Furthermore, our international
sponsorship program, which permits distributors to sponsor
distributors in other countries where we are licensed to do
business and where we have obtained required product approvals,
provides a significant advantage to our distributors in
developing and growing their businesses. China has its own
unique marketing program.
On July 18, 2002, we entered into an agreement with our
distributors that no material changes adverse to the
distributors will be made to the existing marketing plan without
their consent and that we will continue to distribute Herbalife
products exclusively through our independent distributors. We
believe that this agreement has strengthened our relationship
with our existing distributors, improved our ability to recruit
new distributors and generally increased the long-term stability
of our business.
Structure
of the Network Marketing Program
To become a distributor in most markets, a person must be
sponsored by an existing distributor and must purchase an
International Business Pack. The International Business Pack is
a distributor kit available in local languages. The product and
literature contents in the kits vary slightly to meet individual
market needs. An example
11
is the large size U.S. IBP, which costs $87.95 and includes a
canister of Formula 1 shake mix, several bottles of different
nutritional supplements, Herbal Concentrate (Tea),
Liftoff®
(an energy drink), and
Nourifusion®
(skin care) samples, along with a handy tote, booklets
describing us, our compensation plan and rules of conduct,
various training and promotional materials, distributor
applications and a product catalog. The smaller U.S. version
costs $54.95 and includes sample products, a handy tote, and
essentially the same print and promotional materials as included
in the larger kit version. To become a supervisor or qualify for
a higher level, distributors must achieve specified volumes of
product sales or earn certain amounts of royalty overrides
during specified time periods and must re-qualify for the levels
once each year. To attain supervisor status, a distributor
generally must be responsible for sales of products representing
at least 4,000 volume points in one month or 2,500 volume points
in two consecutive months. China has its own unique marketing
program. Volume points are point values assigned to each of our
products that are usually equal in all countries and are
essentially based on the suggested retail price of
U.S. products. Supervisors may then attain higher levels,
(consisting of the World Team, the Global Expansion Team, the
Millionaire Team, the Presidents Team, the Chairmans
Club and the Founders Circle) and earn increasing amounts of
royalty overrides based on sales in their downline organizations
and, for members of our Global Expansion Team and above, earn
production bonuses on sales in their downline organizations.
The following table sets forth the number of our sales leaders
and supervisor retention rates as of re-qualification period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At the End of February
|
|
|
|
Number of Sales Leaders
|
|
|
Supervisors Retention Rate
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
64,383
|
|
|
|
54,314
|
|
|
|
45,766
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
%
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
|
41.2
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
62,418
|
|
|
|
62,683
|
|
|
|
38,356
|
|
|
|
44.4
|
%
|
|
|
55.2
|
%
|
|
|
57.4
|
%
|
South America
|
|
|
66,075
|
|
|
|
51,302
|
|
|
|
40,111
|
|
|
|
34.4
|
%
|
|
|
32.9
|
%
|
|
|
32.4
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
59,446
|
|
|
|
64,862
|
|
|
|
66,103
|
|
|
|
46.6
|
%
|
|
|
46.2
|
%
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
Asia Pacific (excluding China)
|
|
|
57,355
|
|
|
|
56,871
|
|
|
|
51,249
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Supervisors
|
|
|
309,677
|
|
|
|
290,032
|
|
|
|
241,585
|
|
|
|
41.0
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
China Sales Employees
|
|
|
25,294
|
|
|
|
8,759
|
|
|
|
1,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide Total Sales Leaders
|
|
|
334,971
|
|
|
|
298,791
|
|
|
|
243,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In February of each year, we remove from the rank of supervisor
those individuals who did not satisfy the supervisor
qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months.
Distributors who meet the supervisor requirements at any time
during the year are promoted to supervisor status at that time,
including any supervisors who were removed, but who subsequently
re-qualified. For the latest twelve month re-qualification
period ending January 2009, approximately 40.3% of our
supervisors re-qualified. Typically, distributors who purchase
our product for personal consumption or for short term weight
loss or income goals may stay with us for several months to one
year while supervisors who have committed time and effort to
build a sales organization generally stay for longer periods. We
rely on certifications from the selling distributors as to the
amount and source of product sales to other distributors which
are not directly verifiable by us. For supervisors to re-qualify
and retain their distributor organization and associated
earnings, they need to earn 4,000 volume points in one month or
2,500 volume points in each of two consecutive months. In order
to increase retailing of our products, we have modified our
re-qualification criteria to provide that any distributor that
earns at least 4,000 volume points in any
12-month
period can re-qualify as a supervisor and retain a discount of
50% from suggested retail prices, but will forfeit their
distributor organization and associated earnings.
Distributor
Earnings
Distributor earnings are derived from several sources. First,
distributors may earn profits by purchasing our products at
wholesale prices, which are discounted 25% to 50% from suggested
retail prices depending on the distributors level within
our distributor network, and selling our products to retail
customers or to other distributors. Second, distributors who
sponsor other distributors and establish their own sales
organizations may earn (1) royalty overrides, up to 15% of
product retail sales in the aggregate, (2) production
bonuses, up to 7% of product retail sales
12
in the aggregate and (3) the Mark Hughes bonus, up to 1% of
product retail sales in the aggregate. Royalty overrides and
bonuses together with the distributor allowances represent the
potential earnings to distributors of up to approximately 73% of
retail sales. Each distributors success is dependent on
two primary factors: 1) the time, effort and commitment a
distributor puts into his or her Herbalife business and
2) the product sales made by a distributor and his or her
sales organization.
Distributors, with the exception of China, earn the right to
receive royalty overrides upon attaining the level of supervisor
and above, and production bonuses upon attaining the level of
Global Expansion Team and above. Once a distributor becomes a
supervisor, he or she has an incentive to qualify, by earning
specified amounts of royalty overrides, as a member of the
Global Expansion Team, the Millionaire Team or the
Presidents Team, and thereby receive production bonuses of
up to 7%. We believe that the right of distributors to earn
royalty overrides and production bonuses contributes
significantly to our ability to retain our most productive
distributors.
Many of our non-supervisor distributors join Herbalife to obtain
a 25% discount on our products and become a discount consumer or
have a part-time retail income goal in mind, and this retail
income is not tracked by the Company.
Under the regulations published by the Chinese Government,
direct selling companies are limited to the payment of gross
compensation to direct sellers of up to a maximum 30% of the
revenue they generate through their own sales of products to
consumers. We have incurred and will continue to incur
substantial ongoing additional costs relating to the inclusion
in the China business model of Company operated retail stores,
employed sales management personnel and Company provided
training and certification procedures for sales personnel,
features not common elsewhere in our traditional business model.
Distributor
Motivation and Training
We believe that motivation and training are key elements in
distributor success and that we and our distributor supervisors
have established a consistent schedule of events to support
these needs. We and our distributor leadership conduct thousands
of training sessions annually on local, regional and global
levels to educate and motivate our distributors. Every month,
there are hundreds of
one-day
Success Training Seminars held throughout the world. Annually,
in each major territory or region, there is a
three-day
World Team School that focuses on product and business
development and is typically attended by 2,000 to 10,000
distributors. Additionally, once a year in each region, we host
an Extravaganza at which our distributors from the region can
come to learn about new products, expand their skills and
celebrate their success. In 2008, we held Extravaganzas in key
markets such as Brazil, Argentina, Venezuela, the United States,
Thailand, Spain and Mexico. In addition to these training
sessions, we have our own Herbalife Broadcast
Network on the internet that we use to provide
distributors continual training and the most current product and
marketing information.
Distributor reward and recognition is a significant factor in
motivating our distributors. In 2008, 2007, and 2006 we invested
approximately $89.6 million, $64.3 million, and
$60.4 million, respectively, in regional and worldwide
events and promotions to motivate our distributors to achieve
and exceed both sales and recruiting goals. Examples of our
worldwide promotions are the 30th Anniversary Vacations and
the Active World Team Promotion. The 30th Anniversary
Vacations offer incentives for distributors to qualify to
receive a vacation in Atlantis, Bahamas, immediately following
the 2010 Summit Meeting in Los Angeles. The Active World Team
Promotion provides cash and recognition incentives to
distributors who achieve all three requirements for becoming a
World Team Member and thus have proven themselves adept at
building a well-balanced business.
13
Geographic
Presence
As of December 31, 2008, we conducted business in 70
countries throughout the world. The following chart sets forth
the countries we currently operate in as of December 31,
2008, organized in the Companys six geographic regions,
and the year in which we commenced operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Country
|
|
Entered
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
|
|
USA
|
|
|
1980
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
1982
|
|
Jamaica
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Mexico and Central America
|
|
|
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Dominican Republic
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Panama
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Costa Rica
|
|
|
2006
|
|
El Salvador
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Honduras
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Nicaragua
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Guatemala
|
|
|
2008
|
|
South America
|
|
|
|
|
Venezuela
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Argentina
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Chile
|
|
|
1997
|
|
Colombia
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Bolivia
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Peru
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Ecuador
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
1983
|
|
New Zealand
|
|
|
1988
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Philippines
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Taiwan
|
|
|
1995
|
|
South Korea
|
|
|
1996
|
|
Thailand
|
|
|
1997
|
|
Indonesia
|
|
|
1998
|
|
India
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Macau
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
2006
|
|
China
|
|
|
2001
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
1984
|
|
Spain
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Israel
|
|
|
1989
|
|
France
|
|
|
1990
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
1990
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Country
|
|
Entered
|
|
|
Portugal
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Czech Republic
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
1993
|
|
Belgium
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Poland
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Denmark
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Sweden
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Russia
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Austria
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Switzerland
|
|
|
1995
|
|
South Africa
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Norway
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Finland
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Greece
|
|
|
1996
|
|
Turkey
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Botswana
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Lesotho
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Namibia
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Swaziland
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Iceland
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Slovak Republic
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Cyprus
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Ireland
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Croatia
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Latvia
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Ukraine
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Estonia
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Lithuania
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Hungary
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Zambia
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Romania
|
|
|
2008
|
|
In late 2008, we changed our geographic regions from five to six
regions. As a result of this change, China is no longer part of
the Asia Pacific region; it is now a separate geographic region.
Historical information presented below relating to the
geographic regions has been reclassified to conform with current
geographic presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Countries
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Geographic Region
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
496.9
|
|
|
$
|
438.7
|
|
|
$
|
357.6
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
375.2
|
|
|
|
384.6
|
|
|
|
376.9
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
|
South America
|
|
|
360.6
|
|
|
|
300.1
|
|
|
|
224.1
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
570.7
|
|
|
|
567.7
|
|
|
|
548.0
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
410.8
|
|
|
|
378.7
|
|
|
|
346.8
|
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
|
China
|
|
|
145.0
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
2,359.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
The top six countries worldwide have represented approximately
58.0%, 56.1% and 58.2% of net sales in 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively, reflecting our broad geographical diversification.
After entering a new country, in many instances we experience an
initial period of rapid growth in sales as new distributors are
recruited, that is then followed by a decline in sales. We
believe that a significant factor affecting these markets is the
opening of other new markets within the same geographic region
or within the same or similar language or cultural bases. Some
distributors tend to focus their attention on the business
opportunities provided by these newer markets instead of
developing their established sales organizations in existing
markets to focus on driving deeper penetration. Additionally, in
some instances, we have become aware that certain sales in
certain existing markets were attributable to purchasers who
distributed our products in countries that had not yet been
opened. When these countries were opened, the sales in existing
markets shifted to the newly opened markets, resulting in a
decline in sales in the existing markets. To the extent we
decide to open new markets in the future, we will continue to
seek to minimize the impact on distributor focus in existing
markets and to ensure that adequate distributor support services
and other Herbalife systems are in place to support growth while
maintaining prior sales levels within the region.
Manufacturing
and Distribution
All of our weight management, nutritional and personal care
products are manufactured for us by third party manufacturing
companies, with the exception of products distributed in and
sourced from China, where we have our own manufacturing
facility. However, we own proprietary formulations for
substantially all of our weight management products and dietary
and nutritional supplements. We source our products from
multiple manufacturers, with our top three suppliers accounting
for approximately 44.4% of our product purchases in 2008. In
addition, each of our products can be made available from a
secondary vendor if necessary. We work closely with our vendors
in an effort to achieve the highest quality standards and
product availability. We also have our own quality control labs
in the U.S. and China at which we routinely test products
received from vendors. We have established excellent
relationships with our manufacturers and continue to obtain
improvements in supply services, product quality and product
delivery. Currently prices of some of our key input materials
such as soy, whey protein, fructose and packaging material are
increasing. However, we are confident we can offset these
increases with our cost reduction programs and, when necessary,
by raising the prices of our products.
In order to coordinate and manage the manufacturing of our
products, we utilize a significant demand planning and
forecasting process that is directly tied to our production
planning and purchasing systems. Using this sophisticated
planning software and process allows us to balance our inventory
levels to provide exceptional service to distributors while
minimizing working capital and inventory obsolescence.
Our global distribution system features centralized distribution
and telephone ordering systems coupled with storefront
distributor service centers. Our major distribution warehouses
have automated pick-to-light systems which
consistently deliver high order accuracy and inspection of every
shipment before it is sent to delivery. Shipping and processing
standards for orders placed are either the same day or the
following business day. We have central sales ordering
facilities for answering and processing telephone orders.
Operators at these centers are capable of conversing in multiple
languages.
Our products are distributed to foreign markets either from the
facilities of our manufacturers or from our Los Angeles or
Venray, Netherlands distribution centers. Products are
distributed in the United States market from our Los Angeles
distribution center, our Memphis distribution center or from our
sales centers in Dallas, New York, Chicago, Phoenix and Tracy,
California. Products distributed globally are generally
transported by truck, cargo ship or plane to our international
markets and are warehoused in either one of our foreign
distribution centers or a contracted third party warehouse and
distribution center. After the products arrive in a foreign
market, distributors purchase the products from the local
distribution center or the associated sales center. The products
manufactured in Europe are shipped to a centralized warehouse
facility, from which delivery by truck, ship or plane to other
international markets occurs.
16
Product
Return and Buy-Back Policies
In most markets, our products include a customer satisfaction
guarantee. Under this guarantee any customer who is not
satisfied with an Herbalife product for any reason may return it
or any unused portion of it within 30 days of purchase to
their distributor from whom it was purchased for a full refund
from the distributor or credit toward the purchase of another
Herbalife product. If they return the products to us on a timely
basis, the distributor may obtain replacement product from us
for such returned products. In addition, in most jurisdictions,
we maintain a buy-back program pursuant to which we will
repurchase products sold to a distributor provided that the
distributor resigns as an Herbalife distributor, returns the
product in marketable condition generally within twelve months
of original purchase and meets certain documentation and other
requirements. We believe this buy-back policy addresses a number
of the regulatory compliance issues pertaining to network
marketing, in that it offers monetary protection to distributors
who want to exit the business. Product returns, refunds and
buy-back expenses were approximately 0.8% of retail sales for
the year 2008, and approximately 1% of retail sales for the
years 2007 and 2006.
Management
Information, Internet and Telecommunication Systems
In order to facilitate our continued growth and support
distributor activities, we continually upgrade our management
information, internet and telecommunication systems. These
systems include: (1) a centralized host computer managed by
Hewlett Packard in Colorado Springs, which is linked to our
international markets through a dedicated wide area network that
provides on-line, real-time computer connectivity and access and
hosts our legacy operating systems and our new Oracle platform;
(2) local area networks of personal computers within our
markets, serving our regional administrative staffs; (3) an
international
e-mail
system through which our employees communicate; (4) a
standardized Northern Telecom Meridian telecommunication system
in most of our markets; and (5) internet websites to
provide a variety of online services for distributors such as
status of qualifications, meeting announcements, product
information, application forms, educational materials and, in
select markets including the United States, sales ordering
capabilities. These systems are designed to provide, among other
things, financial and operating data for management, timely and
accurate product ordering, royalty override payment processing,
inventory management and detailed distributor records. We intend
to continue to invest in these systems in order to strengthen
our operating platform.
Regulation
General
In both our United States and foreign markets, we are affected
by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative
determinations, court decisions and similar constraints. Such
laws, regulations and other constraints exist at the federal,
state or local levels in the United States and at all levels of
government in foreign jurisdictions, including regulations
pertaining to: (1) the formulation, manufacturing,
packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, sale and storage
of our products; (2) product claims and advertising,
including direct claims and advertising by us, as well as claims
and advertising by distributors, for which we may be held
responsible; (3) our network marketing program;
(4) transfer pricing and similar regulations that affect
the level of U.S. and foreign taxable income and customs
duties; and (5) taxation of our independent distributors
(which in some instances may impose an obligation on us to
collect the taxes and maintain appropriate records).
Products
In the United States, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging,
storing, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution and sale
of our products are subject to regulation by various
governmental agencies, including (1) the Food and Drug
Administration, or FDA, (2) the Federal Trade Commission,
or FTC, (3) the Consumer Product Safety Commission, or
CPSC, (4) the United States Department of Agriculture, or
USDA, (5) the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA,
(6) the United States Postal Service, (7) United
States Customs and Border Protection, and (8) the Drug
Enforcement Administration. Our activities also are regulated by
various agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries
in which our products are manufactured, distributed and sold.
The FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture
and labeling of over-the-counter, or OTC, drugs, conventional
foods, dietary supplements, and cosmetics such as those
distributed by us. FDA regulations require us and our suppliers
to meet relevant current
17
good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, regulations for the
preparation, packing and storage of foods and OTC drugs. On
June 25, 2007, the FDA published its final rule regulating
cGMPs for dietary supplements. The final rule became effective
August 24, 2007 and large companies such as Herbalife had
until June 2008 to achieve compliance. Herbalife initiated
enhancements, modifications and improvements to its
manufacturing and corporate quality processes and believes we
are compliant with the FDAs cGMP final rule with respect
to dietary supplements sold by Herbalife in the United States
that the Company produces at its Suzhou, China facility and that
are produced by contract manufacturer NBTY. We have experienced
increases in some product costs as a result of the necessary
increase in testing of raw ingredients and finished products and
compliance with higher quality standards.
Most OTC drugs are subject to FDA Monographs that establish
labeling and composition requirements for these products. Those
of our products which are classified as OTC drugs must comply
with these Monographs, and our manufacturers must list all
products with the FDA and follow cGMP. Our cosmetic products are
regulated for safety by the FDA, which requires that ingredients
meet industry standards for non-allergenicity and non-toxicity.
Performance claims for cosmetics may not be
therapeutic.
The U.S. Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of
1994, or DSHEA, revised the provisions of the Federal Food, Drug
and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, concerning the composition and
labeling of dietary supplements and, we believe, the revisions
are generally favorable to the dietary supplement industry. The
legislation created a new statutory class of dietary
supplements. This new class includes vitamins, minerals, herbs,
amino acids and other dietary substances for human use to
supplement the diet, and the legislation grandfathers, with some
limitations, dietary ingredients that were on the market before
October 15, 1994. A dietary supplement that contains a
dietary ingredient that was not on the market before
October 15, 1994 will require evidence of a history of use
or other evidence of safety establishing that it is reasonably
expected to be safe. Manufacturers or marketers of dietary
supplements in the United States and certain other jurisdictions
that make product performance claims, including structure or
function claims, must have substantiation in their possession
that the statements are truthful and not misleading. The
majority of the products marketed by us in the United States are
classified as conventional foods or dietary supplements under
the FFDCA. Internationally, the majority of products marketed by
us are classified as foods or food supplements.
In January 2000, the FDA issued a regulation that defines the
types of statements that can be made concerning the effect of a
dietary supplement on the structure or function of the body
pursuant to DSHEA. Under DSHEA, dietary supplement labeling may
bear structure or function claims, which are claims that the
products affect the structure or function of the body, without
prior FDA approval, but with notification to the FDA. They may
not bear a claim that they can prevent, treat, cure, mitigate or
diagnose disease (a disease claim). The regulation describes how
the FDA distinguishes disease claims from structure or function
claims. During 2004, the FDA issued a guidance, paralleling an
earlier guidance from the FTC, defining a manufacturers
obligations to substantiate structure/function claims. The FDA
also issued a Structure/Function Claims Small Entity Compliance
Guide. In addition, the agency permits companies to use
FDA-approved full and qualified health claims for products
containing specific ingredients that meet stated requirements.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers, we are subject to the
risk that one or more of the ingredients in our products may
become the subject of regulatory action. A number of states
restricted the sale of dietary supplements containing botanical
sources of ephedrine alkaloids. As a result of these state
regulations, we stopped sales of dietary supplements containing
botanical sources of ephedrine alkaloids due to a shift in
consumer preference for ephedra free products and a
significant increase in products liability insurance premiums
for products containing botanical sources of ephedrine group
alkaloids. On December 31, 2002, we ceased sales of
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablets containing ephedrine alkaloids
derived from Chinese Ma huang, as well as
Thermojetics®
green herbal tablets and
Thermojetics®
gold herbal tablets (the latter two containing the herb Sida
cordifolia which is another botanical source of ephedrine
alkaloids). On February 6, 2004, the FDA published a rule
finding that dietary supplements containing ephedrine alkaloids
present an unreasonable risk of illness or injury under
conditions of use recommended or suggested in the labeling of
the product, or, if no conditions of use are suggested in the
labeling, under ordinary conditions of use, and are therefore
adulterated.
The FDA has on record a small number of reports of adverse
reactions allegedly resulting from the ingestion of our
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablet. These reports are among thousands
of reports of adverse reactions to these products sold by other
companies.
18
The FDAs decision to ban ephedra triggered a significant
reaction by the national media, some of whom are calling for the
repeal or amendment of DSHEA. These media view supposed
weaknesses within DSHEA as the underlying reason why
ephedra was allowed to remain on the market. We have been
advised that DSHEA opponents in Congress may use this anti-DSHEA
momentum to advance new legislation during the
111th Congress to amend or repeal DSHEA. If this should
occur we believe that the DSHEA opponents may propose the
following: (1) premarket approval for safety and
effectiveness of dietary ingredients; (2) specific
premarket review of dietary ingredient stimulants that are being
used to replace ephedra; (3) reversal of the burden of
proof standard which now rests on the FDA; and (4) a
redefining of dietary ingredient to remove either
botanicals or selected classes of ingredients now treated as
dietary ingredients.
On December 22, 2007, a new law went into effect in the
United States mandating the reporting of all serious adverse
events occurring within the United States which involve dietary
supplements or OTC drugs. We believe that we are in full
compliance with this law having promulgated and implemented a
worldwide procedure governing adverse event identification,
investigation and reporting which is managed by our Scientific
Affairs department in collaboration with our Medical Affairs
department and our Distributor Relations Call Centers. As a
result of our receipt of adverse event reports, we may from time
to time elect, or be required, to remove a product from a
market, either temporarily or permanently.
On June 25, 2007, the FDA published its final rule
regulating current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, for
dietary supplements. This final rule became effective on
August 24, 2007, and Herbalife had until June 2008 to
achieve compliance. The final rule requires that companies
establish written procedures governing: (1) personnel,
(2) plant and equipment cleanliness, (3) lab and
testing, (4) packaging and labeling, and
(5) distribution. The FDA also required 100 percent
identity testing of all incoming raw materials, although an
interim final rule enables companies to petition for an
exemption from the 100 percent testing requirement if they
can demonstrate the existence of an appropriate statistical
sampling program. The new cGMPs will help ensure that dietary
supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated with
contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
products. We have evaluated the final cGMP rule with respect to
its potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers
that we use to manufacture our products, some of which might not
meet the new standards. It is important to note that the final
cGMP rule, in an effort to limit disruption, includes a
three-year phase-in for small businesses. This will mean that
some of our contract manufacturers will not be fully impacted by
the proposed regulation until at least 2010. However, the final
cGMP rule can be expected to result in additional costs and
possibly the need to seek alternate suppliers. See
Item 1A Risk Factors for further discussion
regarding the recently promulgated cGMP regulations.
Some of the products marketed by us are considered conventional
foods and are currently labeled as such. Within the United
States, this category of products is subject to the Nutrition,
Labeling and Education Act, or NLEA, and regulations promulgated
under the NLEA. The NLEA regulates health claims, ingredient
labeling and nutrient content claims characterizing the level of
a nutrient in the product. The ingredients added to conventional
foods must either be generally recognized as safe by experts, or
GRAS, or be approved as food additives under FDA regulations.
In foreign markets, prior to commencing operations and prior to
making or permitting sales of our products in the market, we may
be required to obtain an approval, license or certification from
the relevant countrys ministry of health or comparable
agency. Where a formal approval, license or certification is not
required, we nonetheless seek a favorable opinion of counsel
regarding our compliance with applicable laws. Prior to entering
a new market in which a formal approval, license or certificate
is required, we work extensively with local authorities in order
to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process
generally requires us to present each product and product
ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances,
arrange for testing of products by local technicians for
ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on
reformulation of our products, or may be unavailable with
respect to some products or some ingredients. Product
reformulation or the inability to introduce some products or
ingredients into a particular market may have an adverse effect
on sales. We must also comply with product labeling and
packaging regulations that vary from country to country. Our
failure to comply with these regulations can result in a product
being removed from sale in a particular market, either
temporarily or permanently.
19
In 2005, Herbalife voluntarily elected to temporarily withdraw
its Sesame & Herb tablet product from the Israeli
market. This product, which has been on the market since 1989,
was sold only in Israel. Herbalifes voluntary decision to
temporarily withdraw this product accompanied the initiation of
a review by the Israeli Ministry of Health of anecdotal case
reports of individuals having varying liver conditions when it
was reported that a small number of these individuals had
consumed Herbalife products. Herbalife scientists and medical
doctors have closely cooperated with the Ministry of Health to
facilitate this review. No regulatory action has been taken by
the Israeli Ministry of Health.
The FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of
all of our products, has in the past several years instituted
enforcement actions against several dietary supplement companies
and against manufacturers of weight loss products generally for
false and misleading advertising of some of their products.
These enforcement actions have often resulted in consent decrees
and monetary payments by the companies involved. In addition,
the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials,
which we also utilize, as well as the role of expert endorsers
and product clinical studies. Although we have not been the
target of FTC enforcement action for the advertising of our
products, we cannot be sure that the FTC, or comparable foreign
agencies, will not question our advertising or other operations
in the future. It is unclear whether the FTC will subject our
advertisements to increased surveillance to ensure compliance
with the principles set forth in its published advertising
guidance.
In Europe, where an EU Health Claim regulation is in effect, the
European Food Safety Authority (or EFSA) issued opinions
following its review of twenty five proposed claims dossiers. If
accepted by the European Commission, the EFSAs opinions
could have a limiting effect on the use of certain
nutrition-specific claims made for our products. The final
regulation will have an adverse effect on existing product
wellness, well-being and good for
you claims presently made on existing product labeling,
literature and advertising. Herbalife is currently assembling
the necessary scientific substantiation for its European product
claims based on the requirements of this recently enacted
regulation.
In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of
our distributors also may affect our business because in some
countries we are, or regulators may assert that we are,
responsible for our distributors conduct. In these
countries, regulators may request or require that we take steps
to ensure that our distributors comply with local regulations.
The types of regulated conduct include: (1) representations
concerning our products; (2) income representations made by
us and/or
distributors; (3) public media advertisements, which in
foreign markets may require prior approval by regulators; and
(4) sales of products in markets in which the products have
not been approved, licensed or certified for sale.
In some markets, it is possible that improper product claims by
distributors could result in our products being reviewed by
regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or
placed into another category as to which stricter regulations
are applicable. In addition, we might be required to make
labeling changes.
We are unable to predict the nature of any future laws,
regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can we predict
what effect additional governmental regulations or
administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on
our business in the future. They could, however, require:
(1) the reformulation of some products not capable of being
reformulated; (2) imposition of additional record keeping
requirements; (3) expanded documentation of the properties
of some products; (4) expanded or different labeling;
(5) additional scientific substantiation regarding product
ingredients, safety or usefulness;
and/or
(6) additional distributor compliance surveillance and
enforcement action by us.
Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition. All
of our officers and directors are subject to a permanent
injunction issued in October 1986 pursuant to the settlement of
an action instituted by the California Attorney General, the
State Health Director and the Santa Cruz County District
Attorney. We consented to the entry of this injunction without
in any way admitting the allegations of the complaint. The
injunction prevents us and our officers and directors from
making specified claims in future advertising of our products
and required us to implement some documentation systems with
respect to payments to our distributors. At the same time, the
injunction does not prevent us from continuing to make specified
claims concerning our products that have been made and are being
made, provided that we have a reasonable basis for making the
claims.
20
We are aware that, in some of our international markets, there
has been recent adverse publicity concerning products that
contain ingredients that have been genetically modified, or GM.
In some markets, the possibility of health risks or perceived
consumer preference thought to be associated with GM ingredients
has prompted proposed or actual governmental regulation. For
example, the European Union has adopted a EC
Regulation 1829/2003 affecting the labeling of products
containing ingredients that have been genetically modified, and
the documents manufacturers and marketers will need to possess
to ensure traceability at all steps in the chain of
production and distribution. This new regulation, which took
effect in 2004, has been implemented by us and our contract
manufacturers, resulting in modifications to our labeling, and
in some instances, to some of our foods and food supplements
sold in Europe. Differing GM regulations affecting us also have
been adopted in Brazil, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand.
We cannot anticipate the extent to which future regulations in
our markets will restrict the use of GM ingredients in our
products or the impact of any regulations on our business in
those markets. In response to any applicable regulations, we
would, where practicable, attempt to reformulate our products to
satisfy the regulations. We believe, based upon currently
available information, that compliance with regulatory
requirements in this area should not have a material adverse
effect on us or our business. However, because publicity and
governmental scrutiny of GM ingredients is a relatively new and
evolving area, there can be no assurance in this regard. If a
significant number of our products were found to be genetically
modified and regulations in our markets significantly restricted
the use of GM ingredients in our products, our business could be
materially adversely affected.
We have been required to comply with recent regulations within
the European Union, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Hong Kong,
Japan, Taiwan, and Thailand affecting the use
and/or
labeling of irradiated raw ingredients.
Compliance with GM and irradiation regulations can be expected
to increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our products.
Network
Marketing Program
Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal
and state regulations administered by the FTC and various state
agencies as well as regulations in foreign markets administered
by foreign agencies. Regulations applicable to network marketing
organizations generally are directed at ensuring that product
sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement
within our organization is based on sales of the
organizations products rather than investments in the
organization or other non-retail sales related criteria. For
instance, in some markets, there are limits on the extent to
which distributors may earn royalty overrides on sales generated
by distributors that were not directly sponsored by the
distributor. When required by law, we obtain regulatory approval
of our network marketing program or, when this approval is not
required, the favorable opinion of local counsel as to
regulatory compliance. Nevertheless, we remain subject to the
risk that, in one or more markets, our marketing system could be
found not to be in compliance with applicable regulations.
Failure by us to comply with these regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
or in general.
On April 12, 2006, the FTC, issued a notice of proposed
rulemaking which, if implemented, will regulate all sellers of
business opportunities in the United States. The
proposed rule would, among other things, require all sellers of
business opportunities, which would likely include Herbalife, to
(i) implement a seven day waiting period before entering
into an agreement with a prospective business opportunity
purchaser, and (ii) provide all prospective business
opportunity purchasers with substantial information in writing
at the beginning of the waiting period regarding the business
opportunity, including information relating to: representations
made as to the earnings experience of other business opportunity
purchasers, the names and telephone numbers of recent purchasers
in their geographic area, cancellation or refund policies and
requests within the prior two years, certain legal actions
against the company, its affiliated companies and company
officers, directors, sales managers and certain others. We,
other direct selling companies, the Direct Selling Association,
or the DSA, and other interested parties have filed over 17,000
comments with the FTC that are publicly available regarding the
proposed rule through the FTCs website at
http://www.ftc.gov/os/comments/businessopprule/index.htm.
We, the DSA, other direct selling companies, and other
interested parties also filed rebuttal comments with
the FTC in September, 2006. Based on information currently
available, we anticipate that the final rule may require several
years to become final and effective, and may
21
differ substantially from the rule as originally proposed.
Nevertheless the proposed rule, if implemented in its original
form, would negatively impact our U.S. business.
We also are subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. For example, in
Webster v. Omnitrition International, Inc., 79 F.3d
776 (9th Cir. 1996), the multi-level marketing program of
Omnitrition International, Inc., or Omnitrition, was
successfully challenged in a class action by Omnitrition
distributors who alleged that Omnitrition was operating an
illegal pyramid scheme in violation of federal and
state laws. We believe that our network marketing program
satisfies the standards set forth in the Omnitrition case and
other applicable statutes and case law defining a legal
marketing system, in part based upon significant differences
between our marketing system and that described in the
Omnitrition case.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The case
has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior Court.
The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of certain
Herbalife International independent distributors and Herbalife
International under various state laws prohibiting endless
chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in assisted
marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business practices, and
fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the Freedom Group
system operated by certain independent distributors of Herbalife
International products places too much emphasis on recruiting
and encourages excessively large purchases of product and
promotional materials by distributors. The plaintiff also
alleges that Freedom Group pressured distributors to disseminate
misleading promotional materials. The plaintiff seeks to hold
Herbalife International vicariously liable for the actions of
its independent distributors and is seeking damages and
injunctive relief. On January 24, 2007, the Superior Court
denied class certification of all claims, except for the claim
under California law prohibiting endless chain
schemes. That claim was granted California-only class
certification. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to
the suit.
We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. The multi-level
marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
S.V., or HIB, on August 26, 2004, alleging that HIB
violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices Act
by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
network of professional or non-professional sales people who
hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
rather than through the sale of products to end-consumers. The
plaintiff is seeking a payment of 25,000 (equal to
approximately $33,700 as of December 31, 2008) per
purported violation as well as costs of the trial. For the year
ended December 31, 2008, our net sales in Belgium were
approximately $16.7 million. Currently, the lawsuit is in
the pleading stage. The plaintiffs filed their initial brief on
September 27, 2005. We filed a reply brief on May 9,
2006 and on December 9, 2008 plaintiffs filed a responsive
brief. There is no date yet for the oral hearings. An adverse
judicial determination with respect to our network marketing
program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which
challenge the legality of multi-level marketing systems, in
Belgium or in any other market in which we operate, could
negatively impact our business. We believe that we have
meritorious defenses to the suit.
It is an ongoing part of our business to monitor and respond to
regulatory and legal developments, including those that may
affect our network marketing program. However, the regulatory
requirements concerning network marketing programs do not
include bright line rules and are inherently fact-based. An
adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
marketing program could have a material adverse effect on our
business. An adverse determination could: (1) require us to
make modifications to our network marketing program,
(2) result in negative publicity or (3) have a
negative impact on distributor morale. In addition, adverse
rulings by courts in any proceedings challenging the legality of
multi-level marketing systems, even in those not involving us
directly, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Transfer
Pricing and Similar Regulations
In many countries, including the United States, we are subject
to transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure
that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our
U.S. or local entities and are taxed
22
accordingly. In addition, our operations are subject to
regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of
customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products.
Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with
all applicable regulations and restrictions, we are subject to
the risk that governmental authorities could audit our transfer
pricing and related practices and assert that additional taxes
are owed. For example, we are currently subject to pending or
proposed audits that are at various levels of review, assessment
or appeal in a number of jurisdictions involving transfer
pricing issues, income taxes, duties, value added taxes,
withholding taxes and related interest and penalties in material
amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes, interest and
penalties have been assessed, and we will be required to appeal
or litigate to reverse the assessments. We have taken advice
from our tax advisors and believe that there are substantial
defenses to the allegations that additional taxes are owed, and
we are vigorously defending against the imposition of additional
proposed taxes. The ultimate resolution of these matters may
take several years, and the outcome is uncertain.
In the event that the audits or assessments are concluded
adversely to us, we may or may not be able to offset or mitigate
the consolidated effect of foreign income tax assessments
through the use of U.S. foreign tax credits. Currently, we
anticipate utilizing the majority of our foreign tax credits in
the year in which they arise with the unused amount carried
forward. Because the laws and regulations governing
U.S. foreign tax credits are complex and subject to
periodic legislative amendment, we cannot be sure that we would
in fact be able to take advantage of any foreign tax credits in
the future. As a result, adverse outcomes in these matters could
have a material impact on our financial condition and operating
results.
Other
Regulations
We also are subject to a variety of other regulations in various
foreign markets, including regulations pertaining to social
security assessments, employment and severance pay requirements,
import/export regulations and antitrust issues. As an example,
in many markets, we are substantially restricted in the amount
and types of rules and termination criteria that we can impose
on distributors without having to pay social security
assessments on behalf of the distributors and without incurring
severance obligations to terminated distributors. In some
countries, we may be subject to these obligations in any event.
Our failure to comply with these regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
or in general. Assertions that we failed to comply with
regulations or the effect of adverse regulations in one market
could adversely affect us in other markets as well by causing
increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
result of the negative publicity generated in those other
markets.
Compliance
Procedures
As indicated above, Herbalife, our products and our network
marketing program are subject, both directly and indirectly
through distributors conduct, to numerous federal, state
and local regulations, both in the United States and foreign
markets. Beginning in 1985, we began to institute formal
regulatory compliance measures by developing a system to
identify specific complaints against distributors and to remedy
any violations of Herbalifes rules by distributors through
appropriate sanctions, including warnings, suspensions and, when
necessary, terminations. In our manuals, seminars and other
training programs and materials, we emphasize that distributors
are prohibited from making therapeutic claims for our products.
Our general policy regarding acceptance of distributor
applications from individuals who do not reside in one of our
markets is to refuse to accept the individuals distributor
application. From time to time, exceptions to the policy are
made on a
country-by-country
basis.
In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and
our distributors, we conduct considerable research into the
applicable regulatory framework prior to entering any new market
to identify all necessary licenses and approvals and applicable
limitations on our operations in that market. Typically, we
conduct this research with the assistance of local legal counsel
and other representatives. We devote substantial resources to
obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals and bringing our
operations into compliance with the applicable limitations. We
also research laws applicable to distributor operations and
revise or alter our distributor manuals and other training
23
materials and programs to provide distributors with guidelines
for operating a business, marketing and distributing our
products and similar matters, as required by applicable
regulations in each market. We are, however, unable to monitor
our supervisors and distributors effectively to ensure that they
refrain from distributing our products in countries where we
have not commenced operations, and we do not devote significant
resources to this type of monitoring.
In addition, regulations in existing and new markets often are
ambiguous and subject to considerable interpretive and
enforcement discretion by the responsible regulators. Moreover,
even when we believe that we and our distributors are initially
in compliance with all applicable regulations, new regulations
regularly are being added and the interpretation of existing
regulations is subject to change. Further, the content and
impact of regulations to which we are subject may be influenced
by public attention directed at us, our products or our network
marketing program, so that extensive adverse publicity about us,
our products or our network marketing program may result in
increased regulatory scrutiny.
It is an ongoing part of our business to anticipate and respond
to new and changing regulations and to make corresponding
changes in our operations to the extent practicable. Although we
devote considerable resources to maintaining our compliance with
regulatory constraints in each of our markets, we cannot be sure
that (1) we would be found to be in full compliance with
applicable regulations in all of our markets at any given time
or (2) the regulatory authorities in one or more markets
will not assert, either retroactively or prospectively or both,
that our operations are not in full compliance. These assertions
or the effect of adverse regulations in one market could
negatively affect us in other markets as well by causing
increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
result of the negative publicity generated in those other
markets. These assertions could have a material adverse effect
on us in a particular market or in general. Furthermore,
depending upon the severity of regulatory changes in a
particular market and the changes in our operations that would
be necessitated to maintain compliance, these changes could
result in our experiencing a material reduction in sales in the
market or determining to exit the market altogether. In this
event, we would attempt to devote the resources previously
devoted to such market to a new market or markets or other
existing markets. However, we cannot be sure that this
transition would not have an adverse effect on our business and
results of operations either in the short or long-term.
Trademarks
and Proprietary Formulas
We use the umbrella trademarks Herbalife and the Tri-Leaf design
worldwide, and protect several other trademarks and trade names
related to our products and operations, such as
Shapeworks®,
Nourifusion®,
and
Liftoff®.
Our trademark registrations are issued through the United States
Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and comparable agencies
in the foreign countries. We consider our trademarks and trade
names to be an important factor in our business. We also take
care in protecting the intellectual property rights of our
proprietary formulas by restricting access to our formulas
within the Company to those persons or departments that require
access to them to perform their functions, and by requiring our
finished goods-suppliers and consultants to execute supply and
non-disclosure agreements that seek to contractually protect our
intellectual property rights. Disclosure of these formulas, in
redacted form, is also necessary to obtain sanitary
registrations in many countries. We also make efforts to protect
some unique formulations under patent law. For example, we have
sought through our employee inventors one or more patents in the
United States and certain other markets to protect the
formulation of the
Liftoff®
brand effervescent supplement. The USPTO has granted patent
no. 7,329,419 to our employee inventors for the composition
that constitutes the current U.S. Total
Control®
product formula. All rights in this patent have been
assigned to Herbalife. We strive to protect all new product
developments as the confidential trade secrets of the Company
and its inventor employees. However, despite our efforts, we may
be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or
misappropriating our proprietary rights.
Competition
The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
products is highly competitive. This market segment includes
numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and
physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers
both in the U.S. and abroad. The market is highly sensitive to
the introduction of new products or weight management plans,
including various prescription and over the counter drugs that
may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. As a
result, our ability to remain competitive depends in part upon
the
24
successful introduction of new products. In addition, we
anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in
the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. We
cannot be sure of the impact of electronic commerce or that it
will not adversely affect our business.
We are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of
distributors from other network marketing organizations,
including those that market weight management products,
nutritional supplements and personal care products, as well as
other types of products. Some of our competitors are
substantially larger than we are, and have considerably greater
financial resources than we have. Our ability to remain
competitive depends, in significant part, on our success in
recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive
compensation plan and other incentives. We believe that our
production bonus program, international sponsorship program and
other compensation and incentive programs provide our
distributors with significant earning potential. However, we
cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment and retention
of distributors will be successful.
Executive
Officers of the Registrant
The table sets forth certain information, as of
December 31, 2008, regarding each person who serves as an
executive officer of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position with the Company
|
|
Since
|
|
Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Director, Chairman of the Board
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Desmond Walsh
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Worldwide Operations and Sales
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Richard Goudis
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Brett R. Chapman
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Steve Henig Ph.D.
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Chief Scientific Officer
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Michael O. Johnson is Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. Mr. Johnson joined the Company in
April 2003 after 17 years with The Walt Disney Company,
where he most recently served as President of Walt Disney
International, and also served as President of Asia Pacific for
The Walt Disney Company and President of Buena Vista Home
Entertainment. Mr. Johnson has also previously served as a
publisher of Audio Times magazine, and has directed the
regional sales efforts of Warner Amex Satellite Entertainment
Company for three of its television channels, including MTV,
Nickelodeon and The Movie Channel. Mr. Johnson formerly
served as a director of Univision Communications, Inc., a
television company serving Spanish-speaking Americans and
currently serves on the board of Loyola High School of Los
Angeles. Mr. Johnson received his Bachelor of Arts in
Political Science from Western State College.
Desmond Walsh is Executive Vice President for Worldwide
Operations and Sales of the Company. Mr. Walsh joined the
Company in January 2004, after serving as Senior Vice President
of the commercial division of DMX Music from 2001 to 2004. Prior
to DMX Music, Mr. Walsh spent five years as Vice President
and General Manager of Supercomm, Inc., a subsidiary of the Walt
Disney Company. Mr. Walsh also previously served in
management positions at MovieQuik Systems, a division of The
Southland Corporation (now 7-Eleven) and at Commtron
Corporation, a leading consumer electronics and video
distribution company. Mr. Walsh received his Bachelor of
Laws degree from the University of London.
Richard Goudis is Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
Mr. Goudis joined the Company in June 2004 after serving as
the Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown, a Nasdaq
100 company that was sold to Royal Numico in 2000, from
1998 to 2001. After the sale to Royal Numico, Mr. Goudis
had operations responsibility for all of Royal Numicos
U.S. investments, including General Nutrition Centers, or
GNC, Unicity International and Rexall Sundown. From 2002 to May
2004, Mr. Goudis was a partner at Flamingo Capital
Partners, a firm he founded in 2002. Mr. Goudis also
previously worked at Sunbeam Corporation and Pratt &
Whitney. Mr. Goudis graduated from the University of
Massachusetts with a degree in Accounting and he received his
MBA from Nova Southeastern University.
25
Brett R. Chapman is General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary of the Company. Mr. Chapman joined the Company in
October 2003 after spending thirteen years at The Walt Disney
Company, most recently as its Senior Vice President and Deputy
General Counsel, with responsibility for all legal matters
relating to Disneys Media Networks Group, including the
ABC Television Network, the companys cable properties
including The Disney Channel and ESPN, and Disneys radio
and internet businesses. Prior to working at The Walt Disney
Company, Mr. Chapman was an associate at the law firm of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
Mr. Chapman received his Bachelor of Science and Master of
Science in Business Administration from California State
University, Northridge and his Juris Doctorate from Southwestern
University School of Law.
Steve Henig, Ph.D. is Chief Scientific
Officer of the Company. Mr. Henig joined the Company in
July 2005 after spending 6 years at Ocean Spray
Cranberries, Inc., as Senior Vice President, technology and
innovation with responsibility for the companys new
products program and medical research program. Prior to working
at Ocean Spray Cranberries, Inc. Mr. Henig served as Senior
Vice President, technology and marketing services at Con
Agras Grocery products. Mr. Henig holds a Ph.D. in
food science from Rutgers University, a M.S. in food and
biotechnology and a B.S. in chemical engineering from
Technion-Israel Institute of Technology.
Employees
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately
4,000 employees. In China, as of December 31, 2008, we
also had labor contracts with approximately 48,000 employed
sales representatives. These numbers do not include our
distributors, who are independent contractors rather than
employees. Except for some employees in Mexico and in certain
European countries, none of our employees are members of any
labor union, and we have never experienced any business
interruption as a result of any labor disputes.
Available
Information
Our internet website address is www.Herbalife.com. We
make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports
on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably
practical after we file such material with, or furnish it to,
the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. This information
is also available in print to any shareholder who request it,
with any such requests addressed to Investor Relations,
800 West Olympic Blvd., Suite 406, Los Angeles, CA
90015. Certain of these documents may also be obtained by
calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains
reports, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. We also make
available free of charge on our website our Corporate Governance
Guidelines, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the
Charters of our Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee, and Compensation Committee.
The
worldwide financial and economic crisis could
negatively impact our access to credit and the sales of our
products and could harm our financial condition and operating
results.
We are closely monitoring various aspects of the current
worldwide financial and economic crisis and its
potential impact on us, our liquidity, our access to capital,
our operations and our overall financial condition. While we
have historically met our funding needs utilizing cash flow from
operating activities and while we believe we will have
sufficient resources to meet current debt service obligations in
a timely manner, no assurances can be given that the current
overall downturn in the world economy will not significantly
adversely impact us and our business operations. We note
economic and financial markets are fluid and we cannot ensure
that there will not be in the near future a material adverse
deterioration in our sales or liquidity.
Our
failure to establish and maintain distributor relationships for
any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and
harm our financial condition and operating
results.
We distribute our products exclusively through over
1.9 million independent distributors, and we depend upon
them directly for substantially all of our sales. To increase
our revenue, we must increase the number of, or the
26
productivity of, our distributors. Accordingly, our success
depends in significant part upon our ability to recruit, retain
and motivate a large base of distributors. There is a high rate
of turnover among our distributors, which is a characteristic of
the network marketing business. The loss of a significant number
of distributors for any reason could negatively impact sales of
our products and could impair our ability to attract new
distributors. In our efforts to attract and retain distributors,
we compete with other network marketing organizations, including
those in the weight management, dietary and nutritional
supplement and personal care and cosmetic product industries.
Our operating results could be harmed if our existing and new
business opportunities and products do not generate sufficient
interest to retain existing distributors and attract new
distributors.
Our distributor organization has a high turnover rate, which is
a common characteristic found in the direct selling industry. In
light of this fact, we have our supervisors re-qualify annually
in order to maintain a more accurate count of their numbers. For
the latest twelve month re-qualification period ending January
2009, 40.3% of our supervisors re-qualified. Distributors
who purchase our product for personal consumption or for
short-term income goals may stay with us for several months to
one year. Supervisors who have committed time and effort to
build a sales organization will generally stay for longer
periods. Distributors have highly variable levels of training,
skills and capabilities. The turnover rate of our distributors,
and our operating results, can be adversely impacted if we, and
our senior distributor leadership, do not provide the necessary
mentoring, training and business support tools for new
distributors to become successful sales people in a short period
of time.
We estimate that, of our over 1.9 million independent
distributors, we had approximately 505,000 sales leaders as of
December 31, 2008. These sales leaders, together with their
downline sales organizations, account for substantially all of
our revenues. Our distributors, including our sales leaders, may
voluntarily terminate their distributor agreements with us at
any time. The loss of a group of leading sales leaders, together
with their downline sales organizations, or the loss of a
significant number of distributors for any reason, could
negatively impact sales of our products, impair our ability to
attract new distributors and harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Since
we cannot exert the same level of influence or control over our
independent distributors as we could were they our own
employees, our distributors could fail to comply with our
distributor policies and procedures, which could result in
claims against us that could harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Excluding our China sales employees, our distributors are
independent contractors and, accordingly, we are not in a
position to directly provide the same direction, motivation and
oversight as we would if distributors were our own employees. As
a result, there can be no assurance that our distributors will
participate in our marketing strategies or plans, accept our
introduction of new products, or comply with our distributor
policies and procedures.
Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business,
products and network marketing program. Because we have expanded
into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for our
independent distributors differ due to the different legal
requirements of each country in which we do business. While we
have implemented distributor policies and procedures designed to
govern distributor conduct and to protect the goodwill
associated with Herbalife trademarks and tradenames, it can be
difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of
the large number of distributors and their independent status.
Violations by our independent distributors of applicable law or
of our policies and procedures in dealing with customers could
reflect negatively on our products and operations and harm our
business reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court
could hold us civilly or criminally accountable based on
vicarious liability because of the actions of our independent
distributors.
Adverse
publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network
marketing program, or those of similar companies, could harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The size of our distribution force and the results of our
operations may be significantly affected by the publics
perception of the Company and similar companies. This perception
is dependent upon opinions concerning:
|
|
|
|
|
the safety and quality of our products and ingredients;
|
|
|
|
the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients
distributed by other companies;
|
|
|
|
our distributors;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
our network marketing program; and
|
|
|
|
the direct selling business generally.
|
Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of
our Company or our independent distributors to comply with
applicable laws and regulations regarding product claims and
advertising, good manufacturing practices, the regulation of our
network marketing program, the licensing of our products for
sale in our target markets or other aspects of our business,
whether or not resulting in enforcement actions or the
imposition of penalties, could have an adverse effect on the
goodwill of our Company and could negatively affect our ability
to attract, motivate and retain distributors, which would
negatively impact our ability to generate revenue. We cannot
ensure that all distributors will comply with applicable legal
requirements relating to the advertising, labeling, licensing or
distribution of our products.
In addition, our distributors and consumers
perception of the safety and quality of our products and
ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients
distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced
by media attention, publicized scientific research or findings,
widespread product liability claims and other publicity
concerning our products or ingredients or similar products and
ingredients distributed by other companies. For example, in May
2008 public allegations were made that certain of our products
contain excessive amounts of lead thereby triggering disclosure
and labeling requirements under California Proposition 65. While
we have confidence in our products because they fall within the
FDA suggested guidelines for the amount of lead that consumers
can safely ingest and do not believe they trigger disclosure or
labeling requirements under California Proposition 65, negative
publicity such as this can disrupt our business. Adverse
publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from
consumers use or misuse of our products, that associates
consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar
products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects,
questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that
any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or
have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could lead to
lawsuits or other legal challenges and could negatively impact
our reputation, the market demand for our products, or our
general business.
From time to time we receive inquiries from government agencies
and third parties requesting information concerning our
products. We fully cooperate with these inquiries including,
when requested, by the submission of detailed technical dossiers
addressing product composition, manufacturing, process control,
quality assurance, and contaminant testing. We understand that
such materials are undergoing review by regulators in certain
markets. In the course of one such inquiry the Spanish Ministry
of Health elected to issue a press release to inform the public
of their on-going inquiry and dialogue with our Company. We are
confident in the safety of our products when used as directed.
However, there can be no assurance that regulators in these or
other markets will not take actions that might delay or prevent
the introduction of new products, or require the reformulation
or the temporary or permanent withdrawal of certain of our
existing products from their markets.
Adverse publicity relating to us, our products or our
operations, including our network marketing program or the
attractiveness or viability of the financial opportunities
provided thereby, has had, and could again have, a negative
effect on our ability to attract, motivate and retain
distributors. In the mid-1980s, our products and marketing
program became the subject of regulatory scrutiny in the United
States, resulting in large part from claims and representations
made about our products by our independent distributors,
including impermissible therapeutic claims. The resulting
adverse publicity caused a rapid, substantial loss of
distributors in the United States and a corresponding reduction
in sales beginning in 1985. We expect that negative publicity
will, from time to time, continue to negatively impact our
business in particular markets.
Our
failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer
preferences and demand for new products or product enhancements
could significantly harm our distributor and customer
relationships and product sales and harm our financial condition
and operating results.
Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and
preferences, especially with respect to weight management
products. Our continued success depends in part on our ability
to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not
respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such
changes. Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is
characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for
products and new product introductions and enhancements. Our
failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively
impact
28
consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could harm our
customer and distributor relationships and cause the loss of
sales. The success of our new product offerings and enhancements
depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
accurately anticipate customer needs;
|
|
|
|
innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that
meet these needs;
|
|
|
|
successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements
in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
price our products competitively;
|
|
|
|
manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and
in a timely manner; and
|
|
|
|
differentiate our product offerings from those of our
competitors.
|
If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet
the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of
our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively
impact our revenues, financial condition and operating results.
Due to
the high level of competition in our industry, we might fail to
retain our customers and distributors, which would harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction
of new products or weight management plans, including various
prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant
share of the market. These market segments include numerous
manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians
that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the
United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we
will be subject to increasing competition in the future from
sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these
competitors have longer operating histories, significantly
greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and
sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established
customer bases and better-developed distribution channels than
we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop
products that are comparable or superior to those we offer,
adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving
industry trends and standards or customer requirements, or
devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale
of their products than we do. For example, if our competitors
develop other diet or weight loss treatments that prove to be
more effective than our products, demand for our products could
be reduced. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete
effectively in our markets and competition may intensify.
We are also subject to significant competition for the
recruitment of distributors from other network marketing
organizations, including those that market weight management
products, dietary and nutritional supplements and personal care
products as well as other types of products. We compete for
global customers and distributors with regard to weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
Our competitors include both direct selling companies such as
NuSkin Enterprises, Natures Sunshine, Alticor/Amway,
Melaleuca, Avon Products, Oriflame and Mary Kay, as well as
retail establishments such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig,
General Nutrition Centers, Wal-Mart and retail pharmacies.
In addition, because the industry in which we operate is not
particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high
barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to
emerge who will compete with us for our distributors and
customers. In addition, the fact that our distributors may
easily enter and exit our network marketing program contributes
to the level of competition that we face. For example, a
distributor can enter or exit our network marketing system with
relative ease at any time without facing a significant
investment or loss of capital because (1) we have a low
upfront financial cost to become a Herbalife distributor,
(2) we do not require any specific amount of time to work
as a distributor, (3) we do not insist on any special
training to be a distributor and (4) we do not prohibit a
new distributor from working with another company. Our ability
to remain competitive therefore depends, in significant part, on
our success in recruiting and retaining distributors through an
attractive compensation plan, the maintenance of an attractive
product portfolio and other incentives. We cannot ensure that
our programs for recruitment and retention of distributors will
be successful and if they are not, our financial condition and
operating results would be harmed.
29
We are
affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
constraints both domestically and abroad, and our failure or our
distributors failure to comply with these restraints could
lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which
could harm our financial condition and operating
results.
In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation,
manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation,
exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are
affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may
exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States
and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions. There
can be no assurance that we or our distributors are in
compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our
distributors failure to comply with these regulations or
new regulations could lead to the imposition of significant
penalties or claims and could negatively impact our business. In
addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the
interpretations of existing regulations may result in
significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales
and may negatively impact the marketing of our products,
resulting in significant loss of sales revenues.
In April, 2006, the FTC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking
which, if implemented in its originally proposed form, would
have regulated all sellers of business opportunities
in the United States. As originally proposed this rule would
have applied to us and, if adopted in its proposed form, could
have adversely impacted our U.S. business. On
March 18, 2008, the FTC issued a revised proposed rule and,
as indicated in the announcement accompanying the proposed rule,
the revised proposal does not attempt to cover multilevel
marketing companies such as Herbalife. If the revised rule were
implemented as it is now proposed, we believe that it would not
significantly impact our U.S. business. Based on
information currently available, we anticipate that the rule may
require a year or more to become final.
The FTC has requested comments on amendments to its Guides
Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in
Advertising, or Guides. Although the Guides are not binding,
they explain how the FTC interprets Section 5 of the FTC
Acts prohibition on unfair or deceptive acts or practices.
Consequently, the FTC could bring a Section 5 enforcement
action based on practices that are inconsistent with the Guides.
Under the proposal, a statement reflecting a consumer
endorsers experience concerning a key attribute of the
product generally would not be permissible with only a
disclaimer of typicality (e.g., Results Not
Typical). Instead, if the advertiser does not have
substantiation that the endorsers experience is
representative of what other consumers will generally achieve,
the advertiser would be required to disclose clearly and
conspicuously the generally expected performance of the product
or service under the depicted circumstances and have adequate
substantiation for that representation. The FTC has requested
that comments concerning its proposed rule on product
endorsements and testimonials be submitted by interested parties
by January 30, 2009. If the Guides are amended and enforced
by the FTC as presently proposed, marketing with the use of
testimonials regarding consumer products, including but not
limited those for market weight-management products, would be
significantly impacted and might negatively effect our sales.
Governmental regulations in countries where we plan to commence
or expand operations may prevent or delay entry into those
markets. In addition, our ability to sustain satisfactory levels
of sales in our markets is dependent in significant part on our
ability to introduce additional products into such markets.
However, governmental regulations in our markets, both domestic
and international, can delay or prevent the introduction, or
require the reformulation or withdrawal, of certain of our
products. For example, during the third quarter of 1995, we
received inquiries from certain governmental agencies within
Germany and Portugal regarding our product,
Thermojetics®
Instant Herbal Beverage, relating to the caffeine content of
the product and the status of the product as an instant
tea, which was disfavored by regulators, versus a
beverage. Although we initially suspended the
product sale in Germany and Portugal at the request of the
regulators, we successfully reintroduced it once regulatory
issues were satisfactorily resolved. In another example, during
the second quarter of 2008 the Spanish Ministry of Health issued
a press release informing the public of its on-going inquiry
into the safety of our Companys products sold in Spain.
Any such regulatory action, whether or not it results in a final
determination adverse to us, could create negative publicity,
with detrimental effects on the motivation and recruitment of
distributors and, consequently, on sales.
30
On June 25, 2007, the FDA published its final rule for
cGMPs affecting the manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary
supplements. The final rule requires identity testing on all
incoming dietary ingredients, but permits the use of
certificates of analysis or other documentation to verify the
reliability of the ingredient suppliers. On the same date the
FDA also published an interim final rule that outlined a
petition process for manufacturers to request an exemption to
the cGMP requirement for 100 percent identity testing of
specific dietary ingredients used in the processing of dietary
supplements. Under the interim final rule the manufacturer may
be exempted from the dietary ingredient testing requirement if
it can provide sufficient documentation that the reduced
frequency of testing requested would still ensure the identity
of the dietary ingredient. The final rule includes a phased-in
effective date based on the size of the manufacturer. The final
rule and the interim final rule became effective August 24,
2007. To limit any disruption for dietary supplements produced
by small businesses the final rule has a three year phase in for
small businesses. Firms that directly employ more than
500 full-time equivalent employees must have achieved
compliance with the new cGMPs by June 25, 2008, while firms
having between
20-500 full-time
equivalent employees must be compliant by 2009 and firms having
under 20 full-time equivalent employees must be compliant
by 2010. Herbalife initiated enhancements, modifications and
improvements to its manufacturing and corporate quality
processes and believes we are compliant with the FDAs cGMP
final rule with respect to dietary supplements sold by Herbalife
in the United States that the Company produces at its Suzhou,
China facility and that are produced by contract manufacturer
NBTY. These rules apply only to manufacturers and holders of
finished products and not to ingredient suppliers unless the
ingredient supplier is manufacturing a final dietary supplement.
The final rule differs from the FDAs 2003 proposed rule as
it does not contain language regarding the regulatory status of
excipients and other ingredients that are not dietary
ingredients. Instead, the final rule relies on a
requirement to comply with all other relevant regulations.
Further, the final rule does not call for any specific finished
product testing program nor does it require 100% testing of all
finished products. Instead the final rule calls for a
scientifically valid system for ensuring that
finished products meet all specifications. Due to the final cGMP
rules, we have experienced increases in some product costs as a
result of the necessary increase in testing of raw ingredients
and finished products and this may cause us to seek alternate
suppliers.
Our
network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance
with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more
markets, which could prevent us from conducting our business in
these markets and harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal
and state regulations administered by the FTC and various state
agencies in the United States as well as regulations on direct
selling in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. We
are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our
network marketing program could be found not to be in compliance
with applicable law or regulations. Regulations applicable to
network marketing organizations generally are directed at
preventing fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as
pyramid or chain sales schemes, by
ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and
that advancement within an organization is based on sales of the
organizations products rather than investments in the
organization or other non-retail sales-related criteria. The
regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do
not include bright line rules and are inherently
fact-based, and thus, even in jurisdictions where we believe
that our network marketing program is in full compliance with
applicable laws or regulations governing network marketing
systems, we are subject to the risk that these laws or
regulations or the enforcement or interpretation of these laws
and regulations by governmental agencies or courts can change.
The failure of our network marketing program to comply with
current or newly adopted regulations could negatively impact our
business in a particular market or in general.
We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. The multi-level
marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
challenged in the past and in a current lawsuit, allegations
have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
S.V., or HIB, on August 26, 2004, alleging that HIB
violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices Act
by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
network of professional or non-professional sales people who
hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
than through the sale of products to end-consumers. The
plaintiff is seeking a payment of 25,000 (equal to
approximately $33,700 as of December 31, 2008) per
purported violation as well as costs of the trial. For the year
ended December 31, 2008, our net sales in Belgium were
approximately
31
$16.7 million. Currently, the lawsuit is in the pleading
stage. The plaintiffs filed their initial brief on
September 27, 2005. We filed a reply brief on May 9,
2006 and on December 9, 2008 plaintiffs filed a responsive
brief. There is no date yet for the oral hearings. An adverse
judicial determination with respect to our network marketing
program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which
challenge the legality of multi-level marketing systems, in
Belgium or in any other market in which we operate, could
negatively impact our business. We believe that we have
meritorious defenses to the suit.
A
substantial portion of our business is conducted in foreign
markets, exposing us to the risks of trade or foreign exchange
restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations
and similar risks associated with foreign
operations.
Approximately 80% of our net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2008, were generated outside the United
States, exposing our business to risks associated with foreign
operations. For example, a foreign government may impose trade
or foreign exchange restrictions or increased tariffs, which
could negatively impact our operations. We are also exposed to
risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations. For
instance, purchases from suppliers are generally made in
U.S. dollars while sales to distributors are generally made
in local currencies. Accordingly, strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency could have a negative
impact on us. Although we engage in transactions to protect
against risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations, we
cannot be certain any hedging activity will effectively reduce
our exchange rate exposure. Our operations in some markets also
may be adversely affected by political, economic and social
instability in foreign countries. As we continue to focus on
expanding our existing international operations, these and other
risks associated with international operations may increase,
which could harm our financial condition and operating results.
Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government in
2003 have become more restrictive and have impacted the ability
of our subsidiary in Venezuela, or Herbalife Venezuela, to
obtain U.S. dollars at the official foreign exchange rate.
Unless our ability to obtain U.S. dollars at the official
foreign exchange rate is made more readily available, the
results of Herbalife Venezuelas operations will be
negatively impacted as it may need to obtain more
U.S. dollars from alternative sources where the exchange
rate is weaker than the official rate.
Our
expansion in China is subject to general, as well as
industry-specific, economic, political and legal developments
and risks in China and requires that we utilize a different
business model from that which we use elsewhere in the
world.
Our expansion of operations into China is subject to risks and
uncertainties related to general economic, political and legal
developments in China, among other things. The Chinese
government exercises significant control over the Chinese
economy, including but not limited to controlling capital
investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy,
controlling foreign exchange and monitoring foreign exchange
rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations, providing
preferential treatment to certain industry segments or companies
and issuing necessary licenses to conduct business. Accordingly,
any adverse change in the Chinese economy, the Chinese legal
system or Chinese governmental, economic or other policies could
have a material adverse effect on our business in China and our
prospects generally.
In August 2005, China published regulations governing direct
selling (effective December 1, 2005) and prohibiting
pyramid promotional schemes (effective November 1, 2005),
and a number of administrative methods and proclamations were
issued in September 2005 and in September 2006. These
regulations require us to use a business model different from
that which we offer in other markets. To allow us to operate
under these regulations, we have created and introduced a model
specifically for China. In China, we have Company-operated
retail stores that sell through employed sales management
personnel to customers and preferred customers. We provide
training and certification procedures for sales personnel in
China. We also have non-employee sales representatives who sell
through our retail stores. Our sales representatives are also
permitted by the terms of our direct selling license to sell
away from fixed retail locations in the provinces of Jiangsu,
Guangdong, Shandong, Zhejiang (excluding Ningbo), and Guizhou.
In addition, our direct selling license for Beijing will permit
us to sell away from fixed retail locations once our Beijing
outlet is inspected and confirmed by the relevant authority.
These features are not common to the business model we employ
elsewhere in the world, and based on the direct selling licenses
we have received and the terms of those which we hope to receive
in the future to conduct a direct selling enterprise in China,
our business
32
model in China will continue in some part to incorporate such
features. The direct selling regulations require us to apply for
various approvals to conduct a direct selling enterprise in
China. The process for obtaining the necessary licenses to
conduct a direct selling business is protracted and cumbersome
and involves multiple layers of Chinese governmental authorities
and numerous governmental employees at each layer. While direct
selling licenses are centrally issued, such licenses are
generally valid only in the jurisdictions within which related
approvals have been obtained. Such approvals are generally
awarded on local and provincial bases, and the approval process
requires involvement with multiple ministries at each level. Our
participation and conduct during the approval process is guided
not only by distinct Chinese practices and customs, but is also
subject to applicable laws of China and the other jurisdictions
in which we operate our business, including the U.S., and our
internal code of ethics. There is always a risk that in
attempting to comply with local customs and practices in China
during the application process or otherwise, we will fail to
comply with requirements applicable to us in China itself or in
other jurisdictions, and any such failure to comply with
applicable requirements could prevent us from obtaining the
direct selling licenses or related local or provincial
approvals. Furthermore, we rely on certain key personnel in
China to assist us during the approval process, and the loss of
any such key personnel could delay or hinder our ability to
obtain licenses or related approvals. For all of the above
reasons, there can be no assurance that we will obtain
additional direct-selling licenses, or obtain related approvals
to expand into any or all of the localities or provinces in
China that are important to our business. Our inability to
obtain, retain, or renew any or all of the licenses or related
approvals that are required for us to operate in China would
negatively impact our business.
Additionally, although certain regulations have been published
with respect to obtaining such approvals, operating under such
approvals and otherwise conducting business in China, other
regulations are pending, and there is uncertainty regarding the
interpretation and enforcement of Chinese regulations. The
regulatory environment in China is evolving, and officials in
the Chinese government exercise broad discretion in deciding how
to interpret and apply regulations. We cannot be certain that
our business model will continue to be deemed by national or
local Chinese regulatory authorities to be compliant with any
such regulations. In the past, the Chinese government has
rigorously monitored the direct selling market in China, and has
taken serious action against companies that the government
believed were engaging in activities they regarded to be in
violation of applicable law, including shutting down their
businesses and imposing substantial fines. As a result, there
can be no guarantee that the Chinese governments current
or future interpretation and application of the existing and new
regulations will not negatively impact our business in China,
result in regulatory investigations or lead to fines or
penalties against us or our Chinese distributors.
Chinese regulations prevent persons who are not Chinese
nationals from engaging in direct selling in China. We cannot
guarantee that any of our distributors living outside of China
or any of our independent sales representatives or employed
sales management personnel in China have not engaged or will not
engage in activities that violate our policies in this market,
or that violate Chinese law or other applicable law, and
therefore result in regulatory action and adverse publicity.
China enacted a labor contract law which took effect
January 1, 2008 and on September 18, 2008 an
implementing regulation took effect. We have reviewed our
employment contracts and contractual relations with employees in
China, which include certain of our sales persons, and have made
such changes as we believed to be necessary or appropriate to
bring these contracts and contractual relations into compliance
with this new law and its implementing regulation. In addition,
we continue to monitor the situation to determine how this new
law and regulation will be implemented in practice. There is no
guarantee that the new law will not adversely impact us, force
us to change our treatment of our distributor employees, or
cause us to change our operating plan for China.
If our operations in China are successful, we may experience
rapid growth in China, and there can be no assurances that we
will be able to successfully manage rapid expansion of
manufacturing operations and a rapidly growing and dynamic sales
force. There also can be no assurances that we will not
experience difficulties in dealing with or taking employment
related actions (such as hiring, terminations and salary
administration, including social benefit payments) with respect
to our employed sales representatives, particularly given the
highly regulated nature of the employment relationship in China.
If we are unable to effectively manage such growth and expansion
of our retail stores, manufacturing operations or our employees,
our government relations may be compromised and our operations
in China may be harmed.
33
Our China business model, particularly with regard to sales
management responsibilities and remuneration, differs from our
traditional business model. There is a risk that such changes
and transitions may not be understood by our distributors or
employees, may be viewed negatively by our distributors or
employees, or may not be correctly utilized by our distributors
or employees. If that is the case, our business could be
negatively impacted.
If we
fail to further penetrate existing markets or successfully
expand our business into new markets, then the growth in sales
of our products, along with our operating results, could be
negatively impacted.
The success of our business is to a large extent contingent on
our ability to continue to grow by entering new markets and
further penetrating existing markets. Our ability to further
penetrate existing markets or to successfully expand our
business into additional countries in Eastern Europe, Southeast
Asia, South America or elsewhere, to the extent we believe that
we have identified attractive geographic expansion opportunities
in the future, is subject to numerous factors, many of which are
out of our control.
In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and
international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or
require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our
products, which could negatively impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to
increase market penetration in certain countries may be limited
by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to
pursue a direct selling business opportunity or consumers
willing to purchase Herbalife products. Moreover, our growth
will depend upon improved training and other activities that
enhance distributor retention in our markets. While we have
recently experienced significant growth in certain of our
markets, we cannot assure you that such growth levels will
continue in the immediate or long term future. Furthermore, our
efforts to support growth in such international markets could be
hampered to the extent that our infrastructure in such markets
is deficient when compared to our more developed markets, such
as the U.S. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our
general efforts to increase our market penetration and
distributor retention in existing markets will be successful. If
we are unable to continue to expand into new markets or further
penetrate existing markets, our operating results could suffer.
Our
contractual obligation to sell our products only through our
Herbalife distributor network and to refrain from changing
certain aspects of our marketing plan may limit our
growth.
We are a party to an agreement with our distributors that
provides assurances that a change in ownership will not
negatively affect certain aspects of their business. Through
this agreement, we committed to our distributors that we will
not sell Herbalife products through any distribution channel
other than our network of independent Herbalife distributors.
Thus, we are contractually prohibited from expanding our
business by selling Herbalife products through other
distribution channels that may be available to our competitors,
such as over the internet, through wholesale sales, by
establishing retail stores or through mail order systems. Since
this is an open-ended commitment, there can be no assurance that
we will be able to take advantage of innovative new distribution
channels that are developed in the future.
In addition, our agreement with our distributors provides that
we will not change certain aspects of our marketing plan without
the consent of a specified percentage of our distributors. For
example, our agreement with our distributors provides that we
may increase, but not decrease, the discount percentages
available to our distributors for the purchase of products or
the applicable royalty override percentages, including
roll-ups,
and production and other bonus percentages available to our
distributors at various qualification levels within our
distributor hierarchy. We may not modify the eligibility or
qualification criteria for these discounts, royalty overrides
and production and other bonuses unless we do so in a manner to
make eligibility
and/or
qualification easier than under the applicable criteria in
effect as of the date of the agreement. Our agreement with our
distributors further provides that we may not vary the criteria
for qualification for each distributor tier within our
distributor hierarchy, unless we do so in such a way so as to
make qualification easier.
Although we reserved the right to make these changes to our
marketing plan without the consent of our distributors in the
event that changes are required by applicable law or are
necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for
specific local market or currency conditions to achieve a
reasonable profit on operations, there can be no assurance that
our agreement with our distributors will not restrict our
ability to adapt our marketing plan to the evolving requirements
of the markets in which we operate. As a result, our growth may
be limited.
34
We
depend on the integrity and reliability of our information
technology infrastructure, and any related inadequacies may
result in substantial interruptions to our
business.
Our ability to timely provide products to our distributors and
their customers, and services to our distributors, depends on
the integrity of our information technology system, which we are
in the process of upgrading, including the reliability of
software and services supplied by our vendors. We are
implementing an Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, a
scalable and stable open architecture platform, to enhance our
and our distributors efficiency and productivity. In
addition, we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and
distributor services platform, MyHerbalife.com.
The most important aspect of our information technology
infrastructure is the system through which we record and track
distributor sales, volume points, royalty overrides, bonuses and
other incentives. We have encountered, and may encounter in the
future, errors in our software or our enterprise network, or
inadequacies in the software and services supplied by our
vendors, although to date none of these errors or inadequacies
has had a meaningful adverse impact on our business. Any such
errors or inadequacies that we may encounter in the future may
result in substantial interruptions to our services and may
damage our relationships with, or cause us to lose, our
distributors if the errors or inadequacies impair our ability to
track sales and pay royalty overrides, bonuses and other
incentives, which would harm our financial condition and
operating results. Such errors may be expensive or difficult to
correct in a timely manner, and we may have little or no control
over whether any inadequacies in software or services supplied
to us by third parties are corrected, if at all.
Since
we rely on independent third parties for the manufacture and
supply of our products, if these third parties fail to reliably
supply products to us at required levels of quality, then our
financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
All of our products are manufactured by outside companies,
except for a small amount of products manufactured in our own
manufacturing facility in China. We cannot assure you that our
outside manufacturers will continue to reliably supply products
to us at the levels of quality, or the quantities, we require,
especially under the FDAs recently adopted cGMP
regulations.
Our supply contracts generally have a two-year term. Except for
force majeure events such as natural disasters and other acts of
God, and non-performance by Herbalife, our manufacturers
generally cannot unilaterally terminate these contracts. These
contracts can generally be extended by us at the end of the
relevant time period and we have exercised this right in the
past. Globally we have over 40 suppliers of our products. For
our major products, we have both primary and secondary
suppliers. Our major suppliers include Natures Bounty for
protein powders, Fine Foods (Italy) for protein powders and
nutritional supplements, PharmaChem Labs for teas and
Niteworks®
and JB Labs for fiber. In the event any of our third-party
manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to
provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable
quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain
acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no
assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative
manufacturing sources on a timely basis. An extended
interruption in the supply of products would result in the loss
of sales. In addition, any actual or perceived degradation of
product quality as a result of reliance on third party
manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales or result in
increased product returns and buybacks. Also, as we experience
ingredient and product price pressure in the areas of soy, dairy
products, plastics, and transportation reflecting global
economic trends, we believe that we have the ability to mitigate
some of these cost increases through improved optimization of
our supply chain coupled with select increases in the retail
prices of our products.
If we
fail to protect our trademarks and tradenames, then our ability
to compete could be negatively affected, which would harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon
the goodwill associated with our trademark and tradenames. We
own, or have licenses to use, the material trademark and trade
name rights used in connection with the packaging, marketing and
distribution of our products in the markets where those products
are sold. Therefore, trademark and trade name protection is
important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are
registered in the United States and in certain foreign countries
in which we operate, we may not be successful in
35
asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the
laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our
intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of
the United States. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or
tradenames could impair the goodwill associated with our brands
and harm our reputation, which would harm our financial
condition and operating results.
Unlike in most of the other markets in which we operate, limited
protection of intellectual property is available under Chinese
law. Accordingly, we face an increased risk in China that
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or
use our trademarks, copyrights, product formulations or other
intellectual property. Further, since Chinese commercial law is
relatively undeveloped, we may have limited legal recourse in
the event we encounter significant difficulties with
intellectual property theft or infringement. As a result, we
cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our
product formulations or other intellectual property.
We permit the limited use of our trademarks by our independent
distributors to assist them in the marketing of our products. It
is possible that doing so may increase the risk of unauthorized
use or misuse of our trademarks in markets where their
registration status differs from that asserted by our
independent distributors, or they may be used in association
with claims or products in a manner not permitted under
applicable laws and regulations. Were this to occur it is
possible that this could diminish the value of these marks or
otherwise impair our further use of these marks.
If our
distributors fail to comply with labeling laws, then our
financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
Although the physical labeling of our products is not within the
control of our independent distributors, our distributors must
nevertheless advertise our products in compliance with the
extensive regulations that exist in certain jurisdictions, such
as the United States, which considers product advertising to be
labeling for regulatory purposes.
Our products are sold principally as foods, dietary supplements
and cosmetics and are subject to rigorous FDA and related legal
regimens limiting the types of therapeutic claims that can be
made for our products. The treatment or cure of disease, for
example, is not a permitted claim for these products. While we
train and attempt to monitor our distributors marketing
materials, we cannot ensure that all such materials comply with
applicable regulations, including bans on therapeutic claims. If
our distributors fail to comply with these restrictions, then we
and our distributors could be subjected to claims, financial
penalties, mandatory product recalls or relabeling requirements,
which could harm our financial condition and operating results.
Although we expect that our responsibility for the actions of
our independent distributors in such an instance would be
dependent on a determination that we either controlled or
condoned a noncompliant advertising practice, there can be no
assurance that we could not be held vicariously liable for the
actions of our independent distributors.
If our
intellectual property is not adequate to provide us with a
competitive advantage or to prevent competitors from replicating
our products, or if we infringe the intellectual property rights
of others, then our financial condition and operating results
would be harmed.
Our future success and ability to compete depend upon our
ability to timely produce innovative products and product
enhancements that motivate our distributors and customers, which
we attempt to protect under a combination of copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and
contractual provisions. However, our products are generally not
patented domestically or abroad, and the legal protections
afforded by common law and contractual proprietary rights in our
products provide only limited protection and may be
time-consuming and expensive to enforce
and/or
maintain. Further, despite our efforts, we may be unable to
prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating
our proprietary rights or from independently developing
non-infringing products that are competitive with, equivalent to
and/or
superior to our products.
Monitoring infringement
and/or
misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and
expensive, and we may not be able to detect any infringement or
misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Even if we do detect
infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights,
litigation to enforce these rights could cause us to divert
financial and other resources away from our business operations.
Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our
proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the
United States.
36
Additionally, third parties may claim that products we have
independently developed infringe upon their intellectual
property rights. For example, in a previously settled lawsuit
Unither Pharma, Inc. and others had alleged that sales by
Herbalife International of (1) its
Niteworks®
and Prelox Blue products and (2) its former products
Womans Advantage with DHEA and Optimum Performance
infringed on patents that are licensed to or owned by those
parties. Although we do not believe that we are infringing on
any third party intellectual property rights, there can be no
assurance that one or more of our products will not be found to
infringe upon other third party intellectual property rights in
the future.
Since
one of our products constitutes a significant portion of our
retail sales, significant decreases in consumer demand for this
product or our failure to produce a suitable replacement should
we cease offering it would harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Our Formula 1 meal replacement product constitutes a significant
portion of our sales, accounting for approximately 31%, 30% and
28% of retail sales for the fiscal years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. If consumer demand for this
product decreases significantly or we cease offering this
product without a suitable replacement, then our financial
condition and operating results would be harmed.
If we
lose the services of members of our senior management team, then
our financial condition and operating results could be
harmed.
We depend on the continued services of our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, Michael O. Johnson, and our current senior
management team as they work closely with the senior distributor
leadership to create an environment of inspiration, motivation
and entrepreneurial business success. Although we have entered
into employment agreements with certain members of our senior
management team, and do not believe that any of them are
planning to leave or retire in the near term, we cannot assure
you that our senior managers will remain with us. The loss or
departure of any member of our senior management team could
adversely impact our distributor relations and operating
results. If any of these executives do not remain with us, our
business could suffer. Also, the loss of key personnel,
including our regional and country managers, could negatively
impact our ability to implement our business strategy, and our
continued success will also be dependent on our ability to
retain existing, and attract additional, qualified personnel to
meet our needs. We currently do not maintain key
person life insurance with respect to our senior
management team.
The
covenants in our existing indebtedness limit our discretion with
respect to certain business matters, which could limit our
ability to pursue certain strategic objectives and in turn harm
our financial condition and operating results.
Our credit facility contains numerous financial and operating
covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries ability
to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends, redeem share capital or capital stock and make
other restricted payments and investments;
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt or issue preferred shares;
|
|
|
|
impose dividend or other distribution restrictions on our
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
create liens on our and our subsidiaries assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
guarantee other indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our
assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.
|
In addition, our credit facility requires us to meet certain
financial ratios and financial conditions. Our ability to comply
with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our
control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry
conditions. Failure to comply with these covenants could result
in a default causing all amounts to become due and payable under
our credit facility, which is secured by substantially all of
our assets, which the lenders thereunder could proceed to
foreclose against.
37
If we
do not comply with transfer pricing, customs duties, and similar
regulations, then we may be subjected to additional taxes,
duties, interest and penalties in material amounts, which could
harm our financial condition and operating
results.
As a multinational corporation, in many countries including the
United States we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax
regulations designed to ensure that our intercompany
transactions are consummated at prices that have not been
manipulated to produce a desired tax result, that appropriate
levels of income are reported as earned by our United States or
local entities, and that we are taxed appropriately on such
transactions. In addition, our operations are subject to
regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of
customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products.
We are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are
at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of
jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes,
customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and
use and other taxes and related interest and penalties in
material amounts. For example, we are currently appealing a tax
assessment in Spain. In another matter, in Mexico, we are
awaiting a formal administrative assessment to start the
judicial appeals process. The likelihood and timing of any such
potential assessment is unknown as of the date hereof. The
Company believes that it has meritorious defenses. In some
circumstances, additional taxes, interest and penalties have
been assessed and we will be required to pay the assessments or
post surety, in order to challenge the assessments. The
imposition of new taxes, even pass-through taxes such as VAT,
could have an impact on our perceived product pricing and
therefore a potential negative impact on our business. We have
reserved in the consolidated financial statements an amount that
we believe represents the most likely outcome of the resolution
of these disputes, but if we are incorrect in our assessment we
may have to pay the full amount asserted. Ultimate resolution of
these matters may take several years, and the outcome is
uncertain. If the United States Internal Revenue Service or the
taxing authorities of any other jurisdiction were to
successfully challenge our transfer pricing practices or our
positions regarding the payment of income taxes, customs duties,
value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and use, and other
taxes, we could become subject to higher taxes and our earnings
would be adversely affected.
We may
be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to
the activities of our distributors, which could harm our
financial condition and operating results.
Our distributors are subject to taxation, and in some instances,
legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us
to collect taxes, such as value added taxes, and to maintain
appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in
some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security and
similar taxes with respect to our distributors. In the event
that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local
laws and regulations change to require us to treat our
independent distributors as employees, or that our distributors
are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the
jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather
than independent contractors under existing laws and
interpretations, we may be held responsible for social security
and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related
assessments and penalties, which could harm our financial
condition and operating results.
We may
incur material product liability claims, which could increase
our costs and harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our products consist of herbs, vitamins and minerals and other
ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements
and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the
United States. Our products could contain contaminated
substances, and some of our products contain some ingredients
that do not have long histories of human consumption. We conduct
limited clinical studies on some key products but not all
products. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from
human consumption of these ingredients could occur. As a
marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, we have been, and may again be, subjected to various
product liability claims, including that the products contain
contaminants, the products include inadequate instructions as to
their uses, or the products include inadequate warnings
concerning side effects and interactions with other substances.
It is possible that widespread product liability claims could
increase our costs, and adversely affect our revenues and
operating income. Moreover, liability claims arising from a
serious adverse event may increase our costs through higher
insurance premiums and deductibles, and may make it more
difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future.
In addition, our
38
product liability insurance may fail to cover future product
liability claims, thereby requiring us to pay substantial
monetary damages and adversely affecting our business. Finally,
given the higher level of self-insured retentions that we have
accepted under our current product liability insurance policies,
which are as high as approximately $10 million, in certain
cases we may be subject to the full amount of liability
associated with any injuries, which could be substantial.
Several years ago, a number of states restricted the sale of
dietary supplements containing botanical sources of ephedrine
alkaloids and on February 6, 2004, the FDA banned the use
of such ephedrine alkaloids. Until late 2002, we had sold
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablets,
Thermojetics®
green herbal tablets and
Thermojetics®
gold herbal tablets, all of which contained ephedrine alkaloids.
Accordingly, we run the risk of product liability claims related
to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those
products. Currently, we have been named as a defendant in
product liability lawsuits seeking to link the ingestion of
certain of the aforementioned products to subsequent alleged
medical problems suffered by plaintiffs. Although we believe
that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations contained
in these lawsuits, and are vigorously defending these claims,
there can be no assurance that we will prevail in our defense of
any or all of these matters.
We are
subject to, among other things, requirements regarding the
effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. In
connection with these requirements, we conduct regular audits of
our business and operations. Our failure to identify or correct
deficiencies and areas of weakness in the course of these audits
could adversely affect our financial condition and operating
results.
We are required to comply with various corporate governance and
financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, as well as new rules and regulations adopted by the SEC,
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the New York
Stock Exchange. In particular, we are required to include
management and auditor reports on the effectiveness of internal
controls over financial reporting as part of our annual reports
on
Form 10-K,
pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We
expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and
money on compliance with these rules. Our failure to correct any
noted weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting
could result in the disclosure of material weaknesses which
could have a material adverse effect upon the market value of
our stock.
On a regular and on-going basis, we conduct audits through our
internal audit department of various aspects of our business and
operations. These internal audits are conducted to insure
compliance with our policies and to strengthen our operations
and related internal controls. The Audit Committee of our Board
of Directors regularly reviews the results of these internal
audits and, when appropriate, suggests remedial measures and
actions to correct noted deficiencies or strengthen areas of
weakness. There can be no assurance that these internal audits
will uncover all material deficiencies or areas of weakness in
our operations or internal controls. If left undetected and
uncorrected, such deficiencies and weaknesses could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results
of operations.
From time to time, the results of these internal audits may
necessitate that we conduct further investigations into aspects
of our business or operations.. In addition, our business
practices and operations may periodically be investigated by one
or more of the many governmental authorities with jurisdiction
over our worldwide operations. In the event that these
investigations produce unfavorable results, we may be subjected
to fines, penalties or loss of licenses or permits needed to
operate in certain jurisdictions, any one of which could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating
results.
Holders
of our common shares may face difficulties in protecting their
interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands
law.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated
memorandum and articles of association, and by the Companies Law
(2007 Revision) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The
rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of
our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly
established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence
in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, shareholders
may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the
face of actions by our management or board of directors than
39
would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a
jurisdiction in the United States, due to the comparatively less
developed nature of Cayman Islands law in this area.
Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal
rights on a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make
it more difficult for shareholders to assess the value of any
consideration they may receive in a merger or consolidation or
to require that the offer give shareholders additional
consideration if they believe the consideration offered is
insufficient.
Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as
Herbalife have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to
inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of
lists of our shareholders. Our directors have discretion under
our articles of association to determine whether or not, and
under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by
our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to
our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to
obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary
for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other
shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
Subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands law, a
minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against
the board of directors. Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands
counsel, has informed us that they are not aware of any reported
class action or derivative action having been brought in a
Cayman Islands court.
Provisions
of our articles of association and Cayman Islands corporate law
may impede a takeover or make it more difficult for shareholders
to change the direction or management of the Company, which
could reduce shareholders opportunity to influence
management of the Company.
Our articles of association permit our board of directors to
issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and
preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors
could authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and
conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of
discouraging a takeover or other transaction.
In addition, our articles of association contain certain other
provisions which could have an effect of discouraging a takeover
or other transaction or preventing or making it more difficult
for shareholders to change the direction or management of our
Company, including a classified board, the inability of
shareholders to act by written consent, a limitation on the
ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders
and advance notice provisions. As a result, our shareholders may
have less input into the management of our Company than they
might otherwise have if these provisions were not included in
our articles of association.
Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
law does not provide for mergers as that term is understood
under corporate law in the United States. However, Cayman
Islands law does have statutory provisions that provide for the
reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, which are commonly
referred to in the Cayman Islands as schemes of
arrangement. The procedural and legal requirements
necessary to consummate these transactions are more rigorous and
take longer to complete than the procedures typically required
to consummate a merger in the United States. Under Cayman
Islands law and practice, a scheme of arrangement in relation to
a solvent Cayman Islands company must be approved at a
shareholders meeting by each class of shareholders, in
each case, by a majority of the number of holders of each class
of a companys shares that are present and voting (either
in person or by proxy) at such a meeting, which holders must
also represent 75% in value of such class issued that are
present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at such
meeting (excluding the shares owned by the parties to the scheme
of arrangement).
The convening of these meetings and the terms of the
amalgamation must also be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the
Cayman Islands. Although there is no requirement to seek the
consent of the creditors of the parties involved in the scheme
of arrangement, the Grand Court typically seeks to ensure that
the creditors have consented to the transfer of their
liabilities to the surviving entity or that the scheme of
arrangement does not otherwise have a material adverse effect on
the creditors interests. Furthermore, the Grand Court will
only approve a scheme of arrangement if it is satisfied that:
|
|
|
|
|
the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied
with;
|
|
|
|
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in
question;
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
the scheme of arrangement is such as a businessman would
reasonably approve; and
|
|
|
|
the scheme or arrangement is not one that would more properly be
sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.
|
There
is uncertainty as to shareholders ability to enforce
certain foreign civil liabilities in the Cayman
Islands.
We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited
liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A material
portion of our assets are located outside of the United States.
As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to enforce
judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal
securities laws of the United States or any state of the United
States.
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and
Calder, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the
Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the
courts of the Cayman Islands will - based on the principle that
a judgment by a competent foreign court imposes upon the
judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment
has been given recognize and enforce a foreign
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment
is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes or a
fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands
judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in
a manner, and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is
contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is
doubt, however, as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman
Islands will (1) recognize or enforce judgments of
U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions
of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state
of the United States, or (2) in original actions brought in
the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities predicated upon the civil
liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the
United States or any state of the United States, on the grounds
that such provisions are penal in nature.
The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if
concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
We lease all of our physical properties. During 2008, we
relocated our principal executive offices to the LA Live complex
in downtown Los Angeles, California, where we currently occupy
approximately 65,000 square feet under a lease expiring in
2018. We also lease approximately 316,000 square feet of
general office space in Torrance, California, with terms
expiring in 2016, for our North America and South America
regional headquarters, including some of our corporate support
functions. Additionally, we lease warehouse facilities in Los
Angeles, California and Memphis, Tennessee of approximately
82,000 square feet and 130,000 square feet,
respectively. The Los Angeles and Memphis lease agreements have
terms through June 2011 and December 2016, respectively. In
Venray, Netherlands, we lease our European centralized warehouse
of approximately 150,000 square feet under an arrangement
expiring in June 2010 for which we have a renewal option. In
Guadalajara, Mexico we lease approximately 136,000 square
feet of warehouse space with the term of the lease expiring in
October 2010. We also lease warehouse, manufacturing plant and
office space in a majority of our other geographic areas of
operation. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate
to meet our current requirements and that comparable space is
readily available at each of these locations.
|
|
Item 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation.
The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in
which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate
by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss
estimate can be made.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to
various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to
date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably
possible range of exposure
41
on currently existing claims is not material to the Company. The
Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the
allegations contained in the lawsuits. The Company currently
maintains product liability insurance with an annual deductible
of $10 million.
Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have been subject to
tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective
countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental
authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional
taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company
and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses
to their allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the
Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes
and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and the Company
cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the
opinion of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not
likely result in a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition and operating results. This opinion is based
on the belief that any losses suffered in excess of amounts
reserved would not be material, and that the Company has
meritorious defenses. Although the Company has reserved an
amount that the Company believes represents the most likely
outcome of the resolution of these disputes, if the Company is
incorrect in the assessment the Company may have to record
additional expenses.
|
|
Item 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
None.
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Information
with Respect to our Common Shares
Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or
NYSE, and trade under the symbol HLF. The following
table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices for
our common shares in each of the relevant fiscal quarters
presented, based upon quotations on the NYSE consolidated
transaction reporting system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
40.50
|
|
|
$
|
29.25
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
42.54
|
|
|
$
|
37.90
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
45.70
|
|
|
$
|
37.02
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
46.04
|
|
|
$
|
35.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
49.89
|
|
|
$
|
37.55
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
51.09
|
|
|
$
|
35.70
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
48.80
|
|
|
$
|
36.94
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
39.49
|
|
|
$
|
14.47
|
|
The market price of our common shares is subject to fluctuations
in response to variations in our quarterly operating results,
general trends in the market for our products and product
candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign
markets in which we operate as well as other factors, many of
which are not within our control. In addition, broad market
fluctuations, as well as general economic, business and
political conditions may adversely affect the market for our
common shares, regardless of our actual or projected performance.
The closing price of our common shares on February 20,
2009, was $19.27. The approximate number of holders of record of
our common shares as of February 20, 2009 was 931. This
number of holders of record does not represent the actual number
of beneficial owners of our common shares because shares are
frequently held in street name by securities dealers
and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the
right to vote their shares.
42
Performance
Graph
Our common shares began trading on the NYSE on December 16,
2004. Set forth below is information comparing the cumulative
total shareholder return and share price appreciation plus
dividends on our common shares with the cumulative total return
of the S&P 500 Index and a market weighted index of
publicly traded peers for the period from December 16, 2004
through December 31, 2008. The graph assumes that $100 is
invested in each of our common shares, the S&P 500 Index
and the index of publicly traded peers on December 16, 2004
and that all dividends were reinvested. The publicly traded
companies in the peer group are Avon Products, Inc.,
Natures Sunshine Products, Inc., Tupperware Corporation,
Nu Skin Enterprises Inc., USANA Health Sciences Inc., Weight
Watchers International, Inc. and Mannatech, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/16/04
|
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
|
12/31/06
|
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
|
12/31/08
|
Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
116.07
|
|
|
|
$
|
232.29
|
|
|
|
$
|
286.86
|
|
|
|
$
|
291.90
|
|
|
|
$
|
161.15
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
100.72
|
|
|
|
$
|
105.67
|
|
|
|
$
|
122.36
|
|
|
|
$
|
129.08
|
|
|
|
$
|
81.33
|
|
Peer Index
|
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
100.80
|
|
|
|
$
|
85.38
|
|
|
|
$
|
97.51
|
|
|
|
$
|
108.42
|
|
|
|
$
|
69.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
Information
with Respect to Dividends
There were no dividends paid in 2005 or 2006 as the Company had
not adopted a cash dividend program during those respective
years. During the second quarter of 2007, the Companys
board of directors adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend
program. On April 18, August 6, and October 30,
2007, the Companys board of directors authorized a $0.20
per common share cash dividend. The aggregate amount of
dividends paid and declared during fiscal year 2007 was
approximately $41.5 million. On January 31,
May 1, August 5, and October 30, 2008, the
Companys board of directors authorized a $0.20 per common
share cash dividend. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and
declared during fiscal year 2008 was approximately
$50.7 million.
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of the Companys board of directors and will depend upon
various factors, including the Companys net earnings,
financial condition, restrictions imposed by the Companys
credit agreement, cash requirements, future prospects and other
factors deemed relevant by the board of directors. For example,
the senior credit facility entered into on July 21, 2006,
as amended, permits payments of dividends as long as no default
or event of default exists and the sum of the amounts paid with
respect to dividends and share repurchases does not exceed the
sum of $450.0 million plus seventy five percent of
cumulative consolidated net income from the first quarter of
2007 to the last day of the quarter most recently ended prior to
the date of dividend. There is no guarantee that the board of
directors will not terminate the quarterly dividend program.
Information
with Respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2008,
information with respect to (a) number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and
rights, (b) the weighted average exercise price of
outstanding options, warrants and rights and (c) the number
of securities remaining available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for
|
|
|
|
to be Issued
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Future Issuance Under
|
|
|
|
Upon Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
|
Equity Compensation Plans
|
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
(Excluding Securities
|
|
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
in Column (a))(2)
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
|
|
|
7,486,431
|
|
|
$
|
24.49
|
|
|
|
3,693,736
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
7,486,431
|
|
|
$
|
24.49
|
|
|
|
3,693,736
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of five plans: The WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
Stock Incentive Plan, the WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
Independent Directors Stock Incentive Plan, the Herbalife Ltd.
2004 Stock Incentive Plan, the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan, and the Herbalife Ltd. Independent Directors
Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan. In February 2008, a
shareholder approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan was
implemented. The terms of these plans are summarized in
Note 9, Shareholders equity, to the notes to
our consolidated financial statements under the heading
Equity Compensation Plans. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 990,946 common shares reserved for issuance under the
shareholder approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan which was
implemented in February 2008. |
44
Information
with Respect to Purchases of Equity Securities by the
Issuer
On April 18, 2007, we announced that our board of directors
authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of our
common shares during the next two years, at such times and
prices as determined by management, as market conditions
warrant. On August 23, 2007, our board of directors
approved an increase of $150 million to this share
repurchase program raising the total value of common shares
authorized to be repurchased to $450 million. On
May 20, 2008, our board of directors approved an increase
of $150 million to this share repurchase program raising
the total value of common shares authorized to be repurchased to
$600 million. As of December 31, 2008, the approximate
dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the
program was $97.2 million.
The following is a summary of our repurchases of common shares
during the three months ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Approximate Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased as
|
|
|
Value of Shares
|
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
that May Yet be
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Paid per
|
|
|
Announced
|
|
|
Purchased Under the
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Plans or Programs
|
|
|
Plans or Programs
|
|
|
October 1 October 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
140,024,126
|
|
November 1 November 30
|
|
|
2,409,100
|
|
|
$
|
17.76
|
|
|
|
2,409,100
|
|
|
$
|
97,240,660
|
|
December 1 December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
97,240,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,409,100
|
|
|
$
|
17.76
|
|
|
|
2,409,100
|
|
|
$
|
97,240,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Item 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth certain of our historical
financial data. We have derived the selected historical
consolidated financial data for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 from our
audited financial statements and the related notes. Not all
periods shown below are discussed in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth
below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future
operations and should be read in conjunction with the discussion
under Item 7 Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and
the historical consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this document. All
common share and earnings per share data gives effect to a 1:2
reverse stock split which took effect December 1, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
Income Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,359,213
|
|
|
$
|
2,145,839
|
|
|
$
|
1,885,534
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,663
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
458,396
|
|
|
|
438,382
|
|
|
|
380,338
|
|
|
|
315,746
|
|
|
|
269,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,900,817
|
|
|
|
1,707,457
|
|
|
|
1,505,196
|
|
|
|
1,251,004
|
|
|
|
1,039,750
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
796,718
|
|
|
|
760,110
|
|
|
|
675,245
|
|
|
|
555,665
|
|
|
|
464,892
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
|
|
|
771,847
|
|
|
|
634,190
|
|
|
|
573,005
|
|
|
|
476,268
|
|
|
|
436,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income(1)
|
|
|
332,252
|
|
|
|
313,157
|
|
|
|
256,946
|
|
|
|
219,071
|
|
|
|
138,719
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
13,222
|
|
|
|
10,573
|
|
|
|
39,541
|
|
|
|
43,924
|
|
|
|
123,305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
319,030
|
|
|
|
302,584
|
|
|
|
217,405
|
|
|
|
175,147
|
|
|
|
15,414
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
97,840
|
|
|
|
111,133
|
|
|
|
74,266
|
|
|
|
82,007
|
|
|
|
29,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
221,190
|
|
|
$
|
191,451
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.47
|
|
|
$
|
2.75
|
|
|
$
|
2.02
|
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.36
|
|
|
$
|
2.63
|
|
|
$
|
1.92
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
63,785
|
|
|
|
69,497
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
65,769
|
|
|
|
72,714
|
|
|
|
74,509
|
|
|
|
72,491
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail sales(2)
|
|
$
|
3,811,159
|
|
|
$
|
3,511,003
|
|
|
$
|
3,100,205
|
|
|
$
|
2,575,716
|
|
|
$
|
2,146,241
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
272,988
|
|
|
|
270,811
|
|
|
|
184,447
|
|
|
|
143,352
|
|
|
|
80,110
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(84,964
|
)
|
|
|
(43,390
|
)
|
|
|
(66,808
|
)
|
|
|
(32,526
|
)
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(205,067
|
)
|
|
|
(203,511
|
)
|
|
|
(55,044
|
)
|
|
|
(225,890
|
)
|
|
|
(23,160
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
48,732
|
|
|
|
35,115
|
|
|
|
29,995
|
|
|
|
35,436
|
|
|
|
43,896
|
|
Capital expenditures(3)
|
|
|
106,813
|
|
|
|
49,027
|
|
|
|
66,870
|
|
|
|
32,604
|
|
|
|
30,279
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
150,847
|
|
|
$
|
187,407
|
|
|
$
|
154,323
|
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
|
$
|
201,577
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
70,002
|
|
|
|
58,729
|
|
|
|
51,758
|
|
|
|
37,266
|
|
|
|
29,546
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
134,392
|
|
|
|
128,648
|
|
|
|
146,036
|
|
|
|
109,785
|
|
|
|
71,092
|
|
Total working capital
|
|
|
82,869
|
|
|
|
111,478
|
|
|
|
132,215
|
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
(1,556
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,121,318
|
|
|
|
1,067,243
|
|
|
|
1,016,933
|
|
|
|
837,801
|
|
|
|
948,701
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
351,631
|
|
|
|
365,152
|
|
|
|
185,438
|
|
|
|
263,092
|
|
|
|
486,217
|
|
Shareholders equity(4)
|
|
|
241,731
|
|
|
|
182,244
|
|
|
|
353,890
|
|
|
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
64,342
|
|
Cash dividends per common share
|
|
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.76
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 include
approximately $6.7 million, $5.8 million and
$7.5 million of severance and related expenses,
respectively, associated with restructuring. |
|
(2) |
|
Prior to 2003, we reported retail sales on the face of our
consolidated income statement in addition to the required
disclosure of net sales. Retail sales represent the gross sales
amount reflected on our invoices to our distributors. We do not
receive the full retail sales amount. Product sales
represent the actual product purchase price paid to us by our
distributors, after giving effect to distributor discounts
referred to as distributor allowances, which total
approximately 50% of suggested retail sales prices. Distributor
allowances as a percentage of sales may vary by country
depending upon regulatory restrictions that limit or otherwise
restrict distributor allowances. Net sales
represents product sales and handling and freight income. |
Retail sales data is referred to in Item 7
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. Our use of retail sales
reflect the fundamental role of retail sales in our
accounting systems, internal controls and operations, including
the basis upon which the distributors are being paid. In
addition, information in daily and monthly reports reviewed by
our management includes retail sales data.
The following represents the reconciliation of retail sales to
net sales for each of the periods set forth above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Retail sales
|
|
$
|
3,811,159
|
|
|
$
|
3,511,003
|
|
|
$
|
3,100,205
|
|
|
$
|
2,575,716
|
|
|
$
|
2,146,241
|
|
Distributor allowance
|
|
|
(1,778,866
|
)
|
|
|
(1,658,569
|
)
|
|
|
(1,472,527
|
)
|
|
|
(1,225,441
|
)
|
|
|
(1,021,196
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
2,032,293
|
|
|
|
1,852,434
|
|
|
|
1,627,678
|
|
|
|
1,350,275
|
|
|
|
1,125,045
|
|
Handling and freight income
|
|
|
326,920
|
|
|
|
293,405
|
|
|
|
257,856
|
|
|
|
216,475
|
|
|
|
184,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,359,213
|
|
|
$
|
2,145,839
|
|
|
$
|
1,885,534
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes acquisition of property from capitalized leases and
other long-term debt of $18.2 million, $7.1 million,
$2.6 million, $1.1 million and $7.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid an
aggregate $50.7 million in dividends and repurchased
$137.0 million of our common shares. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, we paid an aggregate $41.5 million
in dividends and repurchased $365.8 million of our common
shares. In December 2004, we used a portion of the net proceeds
from the initial public offering of our common shares to pay an
aggregate of $139.7 million in special cash dividends, or
$2.64 per common share, to our shareholders of record on
December 14, 2004. In addition, we paid an aggregate of
$6.3 million in special cash dividends, or $0.12 per common
share, to shareholders on record on December 13, 2004. In
March 2004, in conjunction with the conversion of our 12%
preferred shares into common shares we paid a total of
$221.6 million to the preferred shareholders including,
$38.5 million, representing accrued and unpaid dividends. |
47
|
|
Item 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with Item 6 Selected Financial Data
and our consolidated financial statements and related notes,
each included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Overview
We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
management products, nutritional supplements, energy,
sports & fitness products and personal care products.
We pursue our mission of changing peoples
lives by providing a financially rewarding business
opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
and their customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of
the largest network marketing companies in the world with net
sales of approximately $2.4 billion for the year ended
December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, we sold
our products in 70 countries through a network of over
1.9 million independent distributors except in China, where
we sell our products through retail stores and an employed sales
force. We believe the quality of our products and the
effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with
geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our
success throughout our
29-year
operating history.
Our products are grouped in four principal categories: weight
management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports &
fitness and Outer Nutrition. Our products are often sold in
programs that are comprised of a series of related products
designed to simplify weight management and nutrition for
consumers and maximize our distributors cross-selling
opportunities.
Industry-wide factors that affect us and our competitors include
the increasing prevalence of obesity and the aging of the
worldwide population, which are driving demand for nutrition and
wellness-related products and the recruitment and retention of
distributors.
While we are closely monitoring the current global economic
crisis, the Company remains focused on the opportunities and
challenges in retailing of our products, recruiting and
retaining distributors, improving distributor productivity,
opening new markets, further penetrating existing markets
including China, the U.S., Brazil, Mexico and Russia,
globalizing successful distributor methods of operation such as
Nutrition Clubs, introducing new products, developing niche
market segments and further investing in our infrastructure.
In late 2008, we changed our geographic regions from five to six
regions. This updated regional structure allows us to better
support the distributor leadership and enhance synergies within
each region. Under the new geographic regions, we report revenue
from:
|
|
|
|
|
North America, which consists of the U.S., Canada and Jamaica;
|
|
|
|
Mexico and Central America, which consists of Mexico, Costa
Rica, El Salvador, Panama, Dominican Republic, Honduras,
Nicaragua, and Guatemala;
|
|
|
|
South America, which includes Brazil;
|
|
|
|
EMEA, which consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa;
|
|
|
|
Asia Pacific, which consists of Asia (excluding China), New
Zealand and Australia; and
|
|
|
|
China
|
Historical information presented in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
relating to our geographic regions has been reclassified to
conform with our current geographic presentation.
Volume
Points by Geographic Region
A key non-financial measure we focus on is Volume Points on a
Royalty Basis, or Volume Points, which is essentially our
weighted unit measure of product sales volume. It is a useful
measure that we rely on as it excludes the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations and ignores the differences generated by
varying retail pricing across geographic markets. The Volume
Point measure, in the aggregate and in each region, can be a
measure of our sales
48
volume as well as of sales volume trends. In general, an
increase in Volume Points in a particular geographic region or
country indicates an increase in our sales volume which results
in an increase in our local currency net sales and a decrease in
Volume Points in a particular geographic region or country
indicates a decrease in our sales volume, which results in
decreasing local currency net sales.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(Volume points in millions)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
750.4
|
|
|
|
680.9
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
680.9
|
|
|
|
551.4
|
|
|
|
23.5
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
576.6
|
|
|
|
611.2
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)%
|
|
|
611.2
|
|
|
|
616.3
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)%
|
South America
|
|
|
399.9
|
|
|
|
397.9
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
397.9
|
|
|
|
300.8
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
497.1
|
|
|
|
529.7
|
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)%
|
|
|
529.7
|
|
|
|
558.9
|
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
438.7
|
|
|
|
404.0
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
|
|
404.0
|
|
|
|
380.4
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
China
|
|
|
115.9
|
|
|
|
64.4
|
|
|
|
80.0
|
%
|
|
|
64.4
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
142.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
2,778.6
|
|
|
|
2,688.1
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,688.1
|
|
|
|
2,434.4
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
New Sales Leaders by Geographic Region during the Reporting
Period
Another key non-financial measure on which we focus is the
number of distributors qualified as new sales leaders under our
compensation system. Excluding China, distributors qualify for
supervisor status based on their Volume Points. The changes in
the total number of sales leaders or changes in the productivity
of sales leaders may cause Volume Points to increase or
decrease. The fluctuation in the number of new sales leaders is
a general indicator of the level of distributor recruitment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Full Year December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
43,517
|
|
|
|
42,473
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
42,473
|
|
|
|
35,506
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
27,721
|
|
|
|
34,093
|
|
|
|
(18.7
|
)%
|
|
|
34,093
|
|
|
|
42,232
|
|
|
|
(19.3
|
)%
|
South America
|
|
|
43,741
|
|
|
|
46,123
|
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)%
|
|
|
46,123
|
|
|
|
36,817
|
|
|
|
25.3
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
27,132
|
|
|
|
31,831
|
|
|
|
(14.8
|
)%
|
|
|
31,831
|
|
|
|
36,892
|
|
|
|
(13.7
|
)%
|
Asia Pacific (excluding China)
|
|
|
40,905
|
|
|
|
40,174
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
40,174
|
|
|
|
39,174
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total New Supervisors
|
|
|
183,016
|
|
|
|
194,694
|
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)%
|
|
|
194,694
|
|
|
|
190,621
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
New China Sales Employees
|
|
|
26,262
|
|
|
|
15,365
|
|
|
|
70.9
|
%
|
|
|
15,365
|
|
|
|
6,484
|
|
|
|
137.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide Total New Sales Leaders
|
|
|
209,278
|
|
|
|
210,059
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
|
|
210,059
|
|
|
|
197,105
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
Supervisors and Retention Rates by Geographic Region as of
Re-qualification Period
Our compensation system requires each supervisor to re-qualify
for such status each year, prior to February, in order to
maintain their 50% discount on product and be eligible to
receive royalty payments. In February of each year, we demote
from the rank of supervisor those distributors who did not
satisfy the supervisor re-qualification requirements during the
preceding twelve months. The re-qualification requirement does
not apply to new supervisors (i.e. those who became supervisors
subsequent to the January re-qualification of the prior year).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisor Statistics (Excluding China)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
January 1 total supervisors
|
|
|
451.6
|
|
|
|
400.6
|
|
|
|
332.6
|
|
January & February new supervisors
|
|
|
28.6
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
25.3
|
|
Demoted supervisors (did not re-qualify)
|
|
|
(167.7
|
)
|
|
|
(135.9
|
)
|
|
|
(114.9
|
)
|
Other supervisors (resigned, etc)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of February total supervisors
|
|
|
309.7
|
|
|
|
290.0
|
|
|
|
241.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
The distributor statistics below further highlight the
calculation for retention.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisor Retention (Excluding China)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Supervisors needed to re-qualify
|
|
|
284.0
|
|
|
|
236.2
|
|
|
|
196.3
|
|
Demoted supervisors (did not re-qualify)
|
|
|
(167.7
|
)
|
|
|
(135.9
|
)
|
|
|
(114.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total re-qualified
|
|
|
116.3
|
|
|
|
100.3
|
|
|
|
81.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention rate
|
|
|
41.0
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table below reflects the number of sales leaders as of
February (subsequent to the annual re-qualification date) and
supervisor retention rate by year and by region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Sales Leaders
|
|
|
Supervisors Retention Rate
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
64,383
|
|
|
|
54,314
|
|
|
|
45,766
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
%
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
|
41.2
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
62,418
|
|
|
|
62,683
|
|
|
|
38,356
|
|
|
|
44.4
|
%
|
|
|
55.2
|
%
|
|
|
57.4
|
%
|
South America
|
|
|
66,075
|
|
|
|
51,302
|
|
|
|
40,111
|
|
|
|
34.4
|
%
|
|
|
32.9
|
%
|
|
|
32.4
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
59,446
|
|
|
|
64,862
|
|
|
|
66,103
|
|
|
|
46.6
|
%
|
|
|
46.2
|
%
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
Asia Pacific (excluding China)
|
|
|
57,355
|
|
|
|
56,871
|
|
|
|
51,249
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Supervisors
|
|
|
309,677
|
|
|
|
290,032
|
|
|
|
241,585
|
|
|
|
41.0
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
China Sales Employees(1)
|
|
|
25,294
|
|
|
|
8,759
|
|
|
|
1,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide Total Sales Leaders
|
|
|
334,971
|
|
|
|
298,791
|
|
|
|
243,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
China sales employees represent the cumulative total employed
sales force, both active and inactive, operating under our China
marketing plan where we sell our products through retail stores.
We will begin an annual re-evaluation process commencing in
early 2009 to determine the ongoing sales employees in China and
we anticipate a reduction in this figure following this annual
re-evaluation process. |
The number of supervisors by geographic region as of the
quarterly reporting dates will normally be higher than the
number of supervisors by geographic region as of the
re-qualification period because supervisors who do not
re-qualify during the relevant twelve-month period will be
dropped from the rank of supervisor the following February.
Since supervisors purchase most of our products for resale to
other distributors and consumers, comparisons of supervisor
totals on a year-to-year basis are good indicators of our
recruitment and retention efforts in different geographic
regions.
The value of the average monthly purchase of Herbalife products
by our sales leaders has remained relatively constant over time.
Consequently, increases in our sales are driven primarily by our
retention of supervisors and by our recruitment and retention of
distributors, rather than through increases in the productivity
of our overall supervisor base.
We provide distributors with products, support materials,
training, special events and a competitive compensation program.
If a distributor wants to pursue the Herbalife business
opportunity, the distributor is responsible for growing his or
her business and personally pays for the sales activities
related to attracting new customers and recruiting distributors
by hosting events such as Herbalife Opportunity Meetings or
Success Training Seminars; by advertising Herbalifes
products; by purchasing and using promotional materials such as
t-shirts, buttons and caps; by utilizing and paying for direct
mail and print material such as brochures, flyers, catalogs,
business cards, posters and banners and telephone book listings;
by purchasing inventory for sale or use as samples; and by
training, mentoring and following up (in person or via the phone
or internet) with customers and recruits on how to use Herbalife
products
and/or
pursue the Herbalife business opportunity.
50
Presentation
Retail sales represent the gross sales
amounts on our invoices to distributors before distributor
allowances, as defined below, and net sales, which
reflect distribution allowances and handling and freight income,
represent what we collect and recognize as net sales in our
financial statements. We discuss retail sales because of its
fundamental role in our compensation systems, internal controls
and operations, including its role as the basis upon which
distributor discounts, royalties and bonuses are awarded. In
addition, it is used as the basis for certain information
included in daily and monthly reports reviewed by our
management. However, such a measure is not in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S., or GAAP.
You should not consider retail sales in isolation from, nor as a
substitute for, net sales and other consolidated income or cash
flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a
measure of profitability or liquidity. A reconciliation of net
sales to retail sales is presented below under Results of
Operations. Product sales represent the actual
product purchase price paid to us by our distributors, after
giving effect to distributor discounts referred to as
distributor allowances, which approximate 50% of
retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as a percentage of
retail sales may vary by country depending upon regulatory
restrictions that limit or otherwise restrict distributor
allowances.
Our gross profit consists of net sales less
cost of sales, which represents the prices we pay to
our raw material suppliers and manufacturers of our products as
well as costs related to product shipments, duties and tariffs,
freight expenses relating to shipment of products to
distributors and importers and similar expenses.
Royalty overrides are our most significant
expense and consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
royalty overrides and production bonuses which total
approximately 15% and 7%, respectively, of the retail sales of
weight management, targeted nutrition, energy,
sports & fitness, Outer Nutrition and promotional
products;
|
|
|
|
the Mark Hughes bonus payable to some of our most senior
distributors in the aggregate amount of up to 1% of retail sales
of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy,
sports & fitness and Outer Nutrition; and
|
|
|
|
other discretionary incentive cash bonuses to qualifying
distributors.
|
Royalty overrides are generally earned based on retail sales and
approximate in the aggregate about 21% of retail sales or
approximately 34% of our net sales. Royalty overrides together
with distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
distributors of up to approximately 73% of retail sales. The
compensation to distributors is generally for the development,
retention and improved productivity of their distributor sales
organizations and is paid to several levels of distributors on
each sale. Due to restrictions on direct selling in China, our
full-time employed sales representatives in China are
compensated with wages, bonuses and benefits instead of the
distributor allowances and royalty overrides utilized in our
traditional marketing program used in our other five regions.
Because of local country regulatory constraints, we may be
required to modify our typical distributor incentive plans as
described above. Consequently, the total distributor discount
percentage may vary over time. We also offer reduced distributor
allowances and pay reduced royalty overrides with respect to
certain products worldwide.
Our operating margins consist of net sales
less cost of sales and royalty overrides.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
represent our operating expenses, components of which
include labor and benefits, sales events, professional fees,
travel and entertainment, distributor marketing, occupancy
costs, communication costs, bank fees, depreciation and
amortization, foreign exchange gains and losses and other
miscellaneous operating expenses.
Most of our sales to distributors outside the United States are
made in the respective local currencies. In preparing our
financial statements, we translate revenues into
U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. Additionally,
the majority of our purchases from our suppliers generally are
made in U.S. dollars. Consequently, a strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
impact on our reported sales and operating margins and can
generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions.
Throughout the last five years, foreign currency exchange rates
have fluctuated significantly. From time to time, we enter into
foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate our
foreign currency exchange risk as discussed in further detail in
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk.
51
Summary
Financial Results
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased
9.9% to $2,359.2 million from $2,145.8 million in
2007. For the year ended December 31, 2008, net sales in
many of our top countries including China, U.S., Venezuela,
Brazil, Italy and Taiwan increased 90.8%, 14.0%, 53.2%, 14.1%,
18.6% and 16.2%, respectively, as compared to the same period in
2007. These increases in net sales were mainly due to the
continued success of our various DMOs, such as the
Nutrition Club DMO and its expansion into Commercial Clubs and
Central Clubs, the Wellness Coach DMO, the Weight Loss Challenge
DMO and the Healthy Breakfast DMO, as well as distributor
momentum from sales Extravaganzas held during the year and an
increase in the number of new sales leaders compared to the
prior year period. Overall, the appreciation of foreign
currencies had a $52.9 million favorable impact on net
sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, representing
25% of the total net sales increase of $213.4 million.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased
15.5% to $221.2 million, or $3.36 per diluted share,
compared to $191.5 million, or $2.63 per diluted share, for
the same period in 2007. The increase was driven by revenue
growth in many of our markets and a lower effective tax rate,
partially offset by higher labor costs, sales events costs,
advertising and promotion expenses and depreciation expense.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a
$4.8 million unfavorable after tax impact related to
restructuring costs and a $6.1 million valuation allowance on
deferred tax asset for deferred interest. Net income for the
year ended December 31, 2007 included an unfavorable after
tax impact of $3.8 million from the completion of the first
phase and start of the second phase of our Realignment for
Growth plan, an increase in tax reserves of $3.6 million
and a $2.1 million net tax benefit resulting from various
international tax settlements.
Results
of Operations
Our results of operations for the periods described below are
not necessarily indicative of results of operations for future
periods, which depend upon numerous factors, including our
ability to recruit new distributors and retain existing
distributors, open new markets, further penetrate existing
markets, introduce new products and programs that will help our
distributors increase their retail efforts and develop niche
market segments.
The following table sets forth selected results of our
operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the
periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
80.6
|
|
|
|
79.6
|
|
|
|
79.8
|
|
Royalty overrides(1)
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
|
|
|
32.7
|
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Compensation to our China sales employees is included in
selling, general and administrative expenses where as
distributor compensation for all other countries is included in
royalty overrides |
52
Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007
Net
Sales
The following chart reconciles retail sales to net sales:
Sales by
Geographic Region
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
in Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
795.3
|
|
|
$
|
(379.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
416.1
|
|
|
$
|
80.8
|
|
|
$
|
496.9
|
|
|
$
|
708.8
|
|
|
$
|
(338.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
370.5
|
|
|
$
|
68.2
|
|
|
$
|
438.7
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
623.8
|
|
|
|
(305.0
|
)
|
|
|
318.8
|
|
|
|
56.4
|
|
|
|
375.2
|
|
|
|
647.1
|
|
|
|
(315.5
|
)
|
|
|
331.6
|
|
|
|
53.0
|
|
|
|
384.6
|
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)%
|
South America
|
|
|
626.4
|
|
|
|
(312.7
|
)
|
|
|
313.7
|
|
|
|
46.9
|
|
|
|
360.6
|
|
|
|
523.4
|
|
|
|
(259.6
|
)
|
|
|
263.8
|
|
|
|
36.3
|
|
|
|
300.1
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
927.7
|
|
|
|
(449.1
|
)
|
|
|
478.6
|
|
|
|
92.1
|
|
|
|
570.7
|
|
|
|
924.0
|
|
|
|
(445.5
|
)
|
|
|
478.5
|
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
567.7
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
678.1
|
|
|
|
(318.0
|
)
|
|
|
360.1
|
|
|
|
50.7
|
|
|
|
410.8
|
|
|
|
625.1
|
|
|
|
(293.1
|
)
|
|
|
332.0
|
|
|
|
46.7
|
|
|
|
378.7
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
China
|
|
|
159.9
|
|
|
|
(14.9
|
)
|
|
|
145.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145.0
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
90.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
3,811.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,778.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,032.3
|
|
|
$
|
326.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,359.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,511.0
|
|
|
$
|
(1,658.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,852.4
|
|
|
$
|
293.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net sales are directly associated with the recruiting
and retention of our distributor force, retailing of our
products, the quality and completeness of our product offerings
that the distributor force has to sell and the number of
countries in which we operate. Managements role, both
in-country and at the corporate level is to provide distributors
with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong
teamwork and leadership among the Chairmans Club and
Presidents Team distributors and offer leading edge
business tools to make doing business with Herbalife simple.
Management uses the distributor marketing program coupled with
educational and motivational tools and promotions to incentivize
distributors to increase recruiting, retention and retailing,
which in turn affect net sales. Such tools include Company
sponsored sales events such as Extravaganzas and World Team
Schools where large groups of distributors gather, thus allowing
them to network with other distributors, learn recruiting,
retention and retailing techniques from our leading distributors
and become more familiar with how to market and sell our
products and business opportunities. Accordingly, management
believes that these development and motivation programs increase
the productivity of the supervisor network. The expenses for
such programs are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses. Sales are driven by several factors,
including the number and productivity of distributors and sales
leaders who continually build, educate and motivate their
respective distribution and sales organizations. We also use
event and non-event product promotions to motivate distributors
to increase recruiting, retention and retailing activities.
These promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events
to product prizes and vacations. The costs of these promotions
are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The factors described above have helped distributors increase
their business, which in turn has driven growth in our business.
The discussion below of net sales by geographic region further
details some of the specific causes of the growth of our
business as well as describes unique growth factors specific to
certain geographic regions or major countries. We believe that
the correct business foundation, coupled with ongoing training
and promotional initiatives, is required to increase recruiting
and retention of distributors and retailing our products. The
correct business foundation includes strong country management
that works closely with the distributor leadership, unified
distributor leadership, a broad product line that appeals to
local consumer needs, a favorable regulatory environment, a
scalable and stable technology platform and an attractive
distributor marketing plan. Initiatives, such as Success
Training Seminars, World Team Schools, Promotional Events and
regional Extravaganzas are integral components of developing a
highly motivated and educated distributor sales organization
that will work toward increasing the recruitment and retention
of distributors.
Our strategy will continue to include creating and maintaining
growth within existing markets, while expanding into new
markets. In addition, new ideas and DMOs are being generated in
our regional markets and globalized where applicable, either by
distributors, country management or corporate management.
Examples of DMOs include the Club concept in Mexico, the Total
Plan in Brazil, the Wellness Coach in France, and the
53
Internet/Sampling and Weight Loss Challenge in the
U.S. Managements strategy is to review the
applicability of expanding successful country initiatives
throughout a region, and where appropriate, financially support
the globalization of these initiatives.
North
America
The North America region reported net sales of
$496.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Net sales increased $58.2 million, or 13.3%, for the year
ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007. In local
currency, net sales increased by 13.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007. The overall
increase was a result of net sales growth in the U.S. of
$58.6 million, or 14.0%, for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007.
The increase in net sales in North America was primarily due to
the continued success of our distributors converting their
business focus toward a daily consumption business model,
especially the Nutrition Club DMO, and its extension into
Commercial Clubs and Central Clubs, along with the recent
development of the Weight Loss Challenge DMO. In terms of
volume, the mix of business in the U.S. was 64% Spanish
speaking and 36% Non-Spanish speaking for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
In October 2008, the region hosted an Extravaganza in Los
Angeles that was attended by over 13,000 distributors.
New supervisors in the region increased 2.5% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
Total supervisors in the region increased 10.1%. New supervisor
growth in the United States was 2.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
We believe the fiscal year 2009 net sales in North America
should increase year over year primarily as a result of the
successful transformation of our distributor business focus to a
daily consumption model.
Mexico
and Central America
The Mexico and Central America region reported net sales of
$375.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased
$9.4 million, or down 2.4%, as compared to 2007. In local
currency, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008
decreased by 2.3%, as compared to 2007. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of
$0.6 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2008. Net sales in Mexico had a decline of
$18.7 million, or 5.0% for the year ended December 31,
2008, as compared to 2007.
During the third quarter of 2008 we began collecting a Value
Added Tax, or VAT, from our distributors that has been levied by
the Mexican government on the import and resale of certain
products. Distributors previously paid 0% VAT on purchases of
most of our products. This VAT increase impacted approximately
58% of our volume in the Mexican market and because the
predominant DMO in Mexico is retail price-sensitive it has
caused our volumes to decline. We are in the process of
challenging this assessment on several fronts, however in the
near-term while the products continue to be subject to VAT, we
expect volume growth to be constrained.
New supervisors in the region decreased 18.7% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
Mexicos new supervisors decreased by 20.7% for the year
ended December 31, 2008. Total supervisor growth in the
region decreased 8.0%.
In July 2008, the region hosted an Extravaganza in Mexico City
that was attended by over 15,000 distributors.
We believe the fiscal year 2009 net sales in Mexico and
Central America should show a year over year decrease reflecting
lower volumes due to the recent VAT charge coupled with assumed
unfavorable currency fluctuations.
South
America
The South America region reported net sales of
$360.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Net sales increased $60.5 million or 20.2% for the year
ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007. In local
currency, net sales increased 16.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
54
The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a
$12.4 million favorable impact on net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2008. The increase in net sales in the
region was attributable to net sales increases in Venezuela,
Peru and Brazil, and partially offset by a decline in Argentina.
In Brazil, the regions largest market, net sales increased
$18.8 million, or 14.1%, for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
The increase in net sales was a result of successfully
transforming this market into a more balanced mix of recruiting,
retailing and retention via the Nutrition Club DMO. In addition,
the timing of this years Extravaganza, which was held in
July 2008 versus December 2007 a year ago, created positive
distributor momentum. Favorable foreign currency fluctuations of
$9.0 million also contributed to the increase in net sales
for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Venezuela, the regions second largest market, experienced
net sales increase of $27.7 million or 53.2%, for the year
ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in
2007; however, volumes slowed in the second half of the year as
a result of price increases of 20% and 25% in January and May
2008, respectively.
In addition to the Extravaganza held in Brazil, in February
2008, the South America region also hosted Extravaganza events
in Argentina and Venezuela with over 20,000 distributors in
attendance.
New supervisors in the region decreased 5.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the decrease was
driven by declines in Argentina, Colombia and Brazil of 46.8%,
25.2% and 7.4%, respectively, as compared to the same period in
2007. These declines were offset by increases in new supervisor
growth in Bolivia and Peru which increased 52.1% and 23.3%,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as
compared to the same period in 2007. Total supervisor growth in
the region increased 13.0%.
We believe the fiscal year 2009 net sales in South America
should show a decline primarily due to challenging volume
comparisons in Venezuela, Argentina and Peru and assumed
unfavorable currency fluctuations partially offset by the
success of daily consumption DMOs, primarily in Brazil, as
well as product price increase.
EMEA
The EMEA region reported net sales of $570.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008. Net sales increased
$3.0 million, or 0.5%, for the year ended December 31,
2008, as compared to 2007. In local currency, net sales
decreased 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as
compared to 2007. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had
a favorable impact on net sales of $30.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008.
Among the largest markets in the region, Italy and France
reported net sales increases of 18.6% and 15.0%, respectively,
while Spain reported a net sales decrease of 14.0%, in each case
for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to the
same period in 2007. The increase in net sales for Italy and
France was driven by growth in Total Plan, Wellness Evaluations
and Healthy Breakfast DMOs. The decrease in net sales for Spain
reflects the impact of negative media reports in April 2008
relating to the Spanish Ministry of Health issuing a press
release regarding their on-going inquiry into the products that
we sell in Spain. Net sales increased in Russia by 37.9% for the
year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to the same
period in 2007 primarily driven by adoption of the Nutrition
Club concept in the form of a Breakfast Club DMO. Net sales in
the Netherlands increased 2.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007
and reflect a re-activated distributor base that is utilizing
the Wellness Evaluation and Healthy Breakfast DMOs. These
increases were offset by declines in Germany and Portugal.
Germany net sales declined 22.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007,
as it transitions to daily consumption models including
Nutrition Clubs and Wellness Evaluations. Portugal net sales
declined 47.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as
compared to the same period in 2007, due to weaker recruiting
efforts as this market, similar to Brazil in 2006, transitions
toward daily consumption methods.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, new supervisors for
the region decreased 14.8%, with declines in Portugal, Germany
and Spain of 69.3%, 49.8% and 29.9%, respectively. These
declines were offset by increases in Russia, France and Italy,
where new supervisors increased 43.9%, 14.7% and 13.4%,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008. Total
supervisor growth in the region decreased 10.6%.
55
In June 2008, the EMEA region hosted an Extravaganza event in
Barcelona that had over 16,000 distributors in attendance.
We believe fiscal year 2009 net sales in EMEA should show a
decrease due primarily to assumed unfavorable currency
fluctuations.
Asia
Pacific
The Asia Pacific region, which now excludes China, reported net
sales of $410.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. Net sales increased $32.1 million,
or 8.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared
to the same period in 2007. In local currency, net sales
increased 9.1% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as
compared to same period in 2007. The fluctuation of foreign
currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $2.3 million on
net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008. The
increase in net sales in Asia Pacific was primarily attributable
to increases in three of our largest markets in the region,
Taiwan, South Korea and Malaysia, partially offset by a decrease
in Japan.
Net sales in Taiwan, our largest market in the region, increased
$18.0 million, or 16.2%, for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
Adoption of the Nutrition Club DMO, in the form of Commercial
Clubs, has been a positive catalyst for growth in this country.
Net sales in South Korea, our second largest market in the
region, increased $7.5 million, or 11.5%, for the year
ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in
2007, driven by branding activities and the adoption of the
Nutrition Club DMO, in the form of Commercial Clubs.
Net sales in Japan, our third largest market in the region,
decreased $7.7 million, or 10.3%, for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007,
driven by a decline in distributor recruiting.
Net sales in Malaysia, our fourth largest market in the region,
increased $15.9 million, or 68.9%, for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007,
reflecting positive distributor momentum and increased
recruiting.
In March 2008, Herbalife hosted its annual global Herbalife
Honors event in Singapore, where President Team members from
around the world met and shared best practices and Herbalife
management awarded the Mark Hughes bonus to certain
distributors. In addition, in July 2008, we hosted a regional
Extravaganza in Bangkok with attendance of approximately 18,000
distributors.
New supervisors in the region increased 1.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
New supervisors for Malaysia, Korea and Taiwan increased 55.6%,
28.5% and 8.0%, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2008. These increases were offset by declines
in Japan and Thailand of 42.7% and 30.9%, respectively, for the
year ended December 31, 2008. Total supervisor growth in
the region increased 1.5%.
We believe the fiscal year 2009 net sales in Asia Pacific
should show a modest decrease due to assumed unfavorable foreign
currency fluctuations. We believe that volume sales should be
higher in 2009 due to the continued adoption of daily
consumption DMOs in several key markets.
China
Net sales in China were $145.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. Net sales increased $69.0 million,
or 90.8%, for year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the
same period in 2007. In local currency, net sales increased
74.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to
same period in 2007. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates
had a favorable impact of $12.6 million on net sales for
the year ended December 31, 2008.
As of December 31, 2008, we had 84 stores in China across
30 provinces. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2008 we
received approval for five additional direct selling licenses in
the provinces of Beijing, Guangdong, Shandong, Zhejiang
(excluding Ningbo) and Guizhou. In Beijing, our direct selling
license will permit us to sell away from fixed retail locations
once our Beijing outlet is inspected and confirmed by the
relevant authority. We
56
now have six direct selling licenses to operate in China. In
addition, we have recently submitted applications for five
additional direct selling licenses in China.
New sales employees in China increased 70.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007.
Total sales employees in China increased 116.4%.
We believe the fiscal year 2009 net sales in China should
increase year over year, primarily as a result of continued new
store openings, improved store productivity and introduction of
nutrition clubs.
Sales by
Product Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
in Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
2,469.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1,196.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,273.1
|
|
|
$
|
211.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,485.0
|
|
|
$
|
2,292.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,124.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,167.9
|
|
|
$
|
191.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,359.4
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
Targeted Nutrition
|
|
|
818.0
|
|
|
|
(396.4
|
)
|
|
|
421.6
|
|
|
|
70.2
|
|
|
|
491.8
|
|
|
|
730.7
|
|
|
|
(358.4
|
)
|
|
|
372.3
|
|
|
|
61.1
|
|
|
|
433.4
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
%
|
Energy, Sports and Fitness
|
|
|
165.6
|
|
|
|
(80.2
|
)
|
|
|
85.4
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
99.6
|
|
|
|
152.2
|
|
|
|
(74.6
|
)
|
|
|
77.6
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
90.3
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
Outer Nutrition
|
|
|
243.8
|
|
|
|
(118.1
|
)
|
|
|
125.7
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
146.6
|
|
|
|
243.2
|
|
|
|
(119.3
|
)
|
|
|
123.9
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
144.2
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Literature, Promotional and Other
|
|
|
113.9
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
126.5
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
136.2
|
|
|
|
92.7
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
110.7
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
118.5
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,811.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,778.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,032.3
|
|
|
$
|
326.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,359.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,511.0
|
|
|
$
|
(1,658.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,852.4
|
|
|
$
|
293.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales of all product categories increased for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to the same period in 2007,
mainly due to the sales momentum discussed above. We expect
growth rates within our product categories to vary from time to
time as we launch new products.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit was $1,900.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to $1,707.5 million in
2007. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2008 increased slightly to 80.6% as
compared to 79.6% for the same period in 2007. The increase in
gross profit percentage was primarily due to country mix and
foreign exchange fluctuations. Generally, gross profit
percentages do not vary significantly as a percentage of net
sales. We are experiencing ingredient and product price pressure
in the areas of soy, dairy products, plastics, and
transportation reflecting current global economic trends. We
believe that we have the ability to mitigate some of these cost
increases through improved optimization of our supply chain
coupled with select increases in the retail prices of our
products.
Royalty
Overrides
Royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales was 33.8% for the
year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 35.4% in the
same period in 2007. The decrease for the year ended
December 31, 2008 was primarily due to the increase in net
sales in China where compensation to our full-time employee
sales representatives is included in selling, general and
administrative expenses as opposed to royalty overrides where it
is included for all other distributors under our worldwide
marking plan. Generally, this ratio varies slightly from period
to period due to changes in the mix of products and countries
because full royalty overrides are not paid on certain products
and in certain countries. We anticipate fluctuations in royalty
overrides as a percent of net sales reflecting the growth
prospect of our China business relative to that of our worldwide
business.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net sales was 32.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008,
as compared to 29.6% for the same period in 2007.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $137.6 million to
$771.8 million from $634.2 million in 2007. The
increase for the year ended December 31, 2008 included
57
$64.3 million in higher salaries and benefits due primarily
to normal merit increases, higher stock based compensation
expenses, unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations,
coupled with severance related to our restructuring (as
discussed in Note 13, Restructuring Reserve, in the Notes
to our consolidated financial statements), and higher
compensation costs associated with full-time employee sales
representatives in China, $14.1 million in higher
distributor sales events costs, $13.6 million in higher
depreciation and amortization expenses, related mostly to the
development of our technology infrastructure and the expansion
and relocation to new facilities, $11.2 million in higher
advertising and promotion expenses, $3.4 million in higher
credit card fees due to the increase in sales, and
$3.2 million in higher professional fees. These increases
were partially offset by lower foreign currency exchange losses
of $6.7 million as compared to 2007.
We expect 2009 selling, general and administrative expenses to
increase in absolute dollars over 2008 levels reflecting higher
China sales employee costs, increased depreciation, primarily
related to our global Oracle implementation, and various sales
growth initiatives, including distributor promotions. As a
result of these factors; selling, general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of net sales is expected to be above
2008 levels. Excluding China sales employee costs, we expect
selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net sales to be approximately equal to 2008 levels.
Net
Interest Expense
Net interest expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Net Interest Expense
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
$
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in interest expense for the year ended
December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in 2007
was primarily due to the higher average balance of long term
borrowings, partially offset by lower interest rates, in 2008 as
compared to 2007. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources in this section for further discussion on
our senior secured credit facility.
Income
Taxes
Income taxes were $97.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as compared to $111.1 million in
2007. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the effective income
tax rate was 30.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as
compared to 36.7% in 2007. The decrease in the effective tax
rate for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to
the same period in 2007, was primarily due to a decrease in the
operating effective tax rate reflecting country mix, the tax
holiday in China and the favorable impact of our global entity
structuring and planning offset by an increase in unrecognized
tax benefits during the year ended December 31, 2008 and a
valuation allowance on deferred tax asset for deferred interest.
Excluding the effect of the valuation allowance on deferred tax
asset for deferred interest, the effective tax rate for the year
ended December 31, 2008 would have been
approximately 28.8%.
Restructuring
Costs
In July 2006, we initiated the realignment of our employee base
as part of the first phase of the Realignment for Growth plan.
During the fourth quarter of 2007,we initiated the second phase
of the Realignment for Growth plan. During the fourth quarter of
2008, we initiated a new restructuring program. As part of the
restructurings, we recorded $6.7 million and
$5.8 million of professional fees, severance and related
costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. All such amounts were included in selling, general
and administrative expenses.
58
Year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended
December 31, 2006
The discussion below for the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006 have been revised from how it was originally disclosed
to conform to the December 31, 2008 presentation in
connection with the restructuring of our geographic regions from
five to six regions in late 2008.
The following chart reconciles retail sales to net sales:
Sales by
Geographic Region
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
in Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
708.8
|
|
|
$
|
(338.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
370.5
|
|
|
$
|
68.2
|
|
|
$
|
438.7
|
|
|
$
|
575.9
|
|
|
$
|
(274.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
301.0
|
|
|
$
|
56.6
|
|
|
$
|
357.6
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
647.1
|
|
|
|
(315.5
|
)
|
|
|
331.6
|
|
|
|
53.0
|
|
|
|
384.6
|
|
|
|
634.3
|
|
|
|
(308.0
|
)
|
|
|
326.3
|
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
|
|
376.9
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
South America
|
|
|
523.4
|
|
|
|
(259.6
|
)
|
|
|
263.8
|
|
|
|
36.3
|
|
|
|
300.1
|
|
|
|
386.8
|
|
|
|
(189.8
|
)
|
|
|
197.0
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
224.1
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
924.0
|
|
|
|
(445.5
|
)
|
|
|
478.5
|
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
567.7
|
|
|
|
895.5
|
|
|
|
(430.0
|
)
|
|
|
465.5
|
|
|
|
82.5
|
|
|
|
548.0
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
625.1
|
|
|
|
(293.1
|
)
|
|
|
332.0
|
|
|
|
46.7
|
|
|
|
378.7
|
|
|
|
573.0
|
|
|
|
(267.2
|
)
|
|
|
305.8
|
|
|
|
41.0
|
|
|
|
346.8
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
China
|
|
|
82.6
|
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
34.7
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
|
|
136.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
3,511.0
|
|
|
$
|
(1,658.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,852.4
|
|
|
$
|
293.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,100.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,472.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,627.7
|
|
|
$
|
257.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North
America
The North America region reported net sales of
$438.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net sales increased $81.1 million, or 22.7%, for the year
ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. In local
currency, net sales increased by 22.5% for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a positive impact of
$0.8 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2007. The overall increase was a result of net
sales growth in the U.S. of $80.8 million, or 23.9%,
for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The increase in net sales in North America was led by
distributor momentum behind the Nutrition Club DMO among our
Latino distributors as well as the Lead Generation/Sampling DMO
among our non-Latino distributors in the United States. In
October 2007, the region hosted over 7,000 distributors in Long
Beach, California for the annual Herbalife University and Latino
Development Weekend event.
New supervisors in the region increased 19.6% for the year
ending December 31, 2007, as compared to the same period in
2006. This was led by new supervisor growth in the United States
of 20.8%. Total supervisor growth in the region increased 19.9%.
Mexico
and Central America
The Mexico and Central America region reported net sales of
$384.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased
$7.7 million, or 2.0%, as compared to 2006. In local
currency, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007
increased by 2.2%, as compared to 2006. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of
$0.6 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2007. Net sales in Mexico had a decline of
$2.3 million, or 0.6% for the year ended December 31,
2007, as compared to 2006.
New supervisors in the region decreased 19.3% for the year
ending December 31, 2007, as compared to the same period in
2006. Driving this decline was Mexico, whose number of
supervisors decreased by 21.2% for 2007. Total supervisor growth
in the region increased 22.1%.
After experiencing explosive sales growth in 2004 through 2006,
2007 was a re-building year for Mexico as the management team,
in conjunction with the distributor leadership, addressed issues
of infrastructure needs as well as
59
distributor training. Infrastructure enhancements included
introduction of sales centers and expansion of current
distribution facilities, the addition of a toll-free phone line,
and enhanced Ethical Business Practices or EBP resources. As of
December 31, 2007, there were 20 locations throughout
Mexico, an increase of 6 locations and expansion of 3 sales
centers from December 31, 2006. These additions were
designed to provide additional distributor access points and
support the expansion of our business. In addition, the
distributor leadership has invested significant time training
other distributors on Nutrition Club operations and the
marketing plan in Mexico.
In Central America, we opened El Salvador, our
64th country, in February 2007. For the year 2007, net
sales in El Salvador were $4.9 million, making it the
regions second largest market.
South
America
The South America region reported net sales of
$300.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net sales increased $76.0 million or 33.9% for the year
ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. In local
currency, net sales increased 27.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to the same period of 2006.
The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a
$15.5 million favorable impact on net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2007. The increase was attributable to
net sales increases in Venezuela, Argentina, and Peru, partially
offset by a decline in Brazil.
New supervisors in the region increased 25.3% for the year
ending December 31, 2007, as compared to the same period in
2006. This was driven by new supervisor growth in Venezuela and
Argentina, which increased 391.3% and 26.9%, respectively,
offset by a 31.7% decline in Brazil. Total supervisor growth in
the region increased 26.1%.
In Brazil, the regions largest market, the net sales
decline was primarily due to distributors transitioning to a
more balanced mix of recruiting, retailing and retention via the
Nutrition Club DMO in an effort to build a more sustainable
platform for long-term growth. Also contributing to the sales
decline was the fact that our senior distributor leadership in
Brazil focused on building new business in Peru, which opened in
December 2006 and had net sales of $28.0 million for the
year ending December 31, 2007. Brazil hosted a southeastern
Extravaganza in December 2007 with over 6,000 distributors in
attendance and launched three additional products within their
unique green tea based outer care product line called Soft
Green. This line is strategically positioned for Brazil to fuel
growth in the large personal care segment and is strategically
priced to compete with other multi-level marketing companies.
Venezuela, the regions second largest market, experienced
strong growth with net sales up 317.3% for the year ending
December 31, 2007 compared to 2006. Total supervisors
increased 246.0% for the year. Argentina, the regions
third largest market, experienced sales growth of 27.5% for the
year ended December 31, 2007.
EMEA
The EMEA region reported net sales of $567.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 2007. Net sales increased
$19.7 million, or 3.6%, for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. In local currency,
net sales decreased 4.3% for the year ended December 31,
2007, as compared to 2006. The fluctuation of foreign currency
rates had a favorable impact on net sales of $43.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Among the largest markets in the region, Spain, France and
Italy, reported net sales increases of 25.9%, 18.1% and 14.3%,
respectively. Germany and Netherlands net sales declined 21.1%
and 19.0%, respectively, for the same time period. Growth in
these western markets has been driven by the Wellness Coach DMO.
In addition, Eastern European countries have shown signs of
potential long-term growth including net sales gains for Russia
of 4.4% driven by adoption of the Nutrition Club concept in the
form of a Breakfast Club DMO.
For the year ending December 31, 2007, new supervisors for
the region decreased 13.7%, with gains in Spain, France, and
Italy which were up 17.6%, 7.3%, and 5.8% respectively,
offsetting declines in Germany and the Netherlands of 46.5% and
25.3%, respectively. Total supervisor growth for the region
declined 5.6%.
In EMEA, Zambia, our 65th country, was opened in July 2007.
60
Asia
Pacific
The Asia Pacific region reported net sales of
$378.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net sales increased $31.9 million, or 9.2%, for the year
ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. In local
currency, net sales increased 6.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of
$10.6 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2007. The increase in net sales in Asia
Pacific was attributable to the increase in net sales in Taiwan
as our presence continues to grow in this country, partially
offset by a decrease in Japan.
Net sales in Taiwan, our largest market in the region, increased
$24.0 million, or 27.7%, for the year ended December 31
2007, as compared to 2006. Adoption of the Nutrition Club DMO
has fueled growth in this country. Net sales in Japan, our third
largest market in the region, decreased $3.8 million, or
4.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to
the same period in 2006. Business trends in Japan made
sequential improvement during 2007 with fourth quarter
2007 net sales increasing 7.1% compared to the third
quarter of 2007 and 3.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2006.
New supervisors in the region increased 2.6% for the year ending
December 31, 2007, as compared to the same period in 2006.
Driving this growth are Taiwan, Japan and Thailand up 40.7%,
12.1% and 22.7% respectively. Total supervisor growth in the
region increased 7.1%.
China
Net sales in China were $76.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007. Net sales increased $43.9 million,
or 136.8%, for year ended December 31, 2007, compared to
the same period in 2006. In local currency, net sales increased
125.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to
same period in 2006. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates
had a favorable impact of $3.7 million on net sales for the
year ended December 31, 2007.
On March 23, 2007, we received the Direct Sellers license
for the cities of Suzhou and Nanjing in the Jiangsu province. On
July 9, 2007, we received our expanded Direct Sellers
license for the entire Jiangsu province.
New sales employees in China increased 137.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to the same period in 2006.
Total sales employee growth in China increased 188.2%.
Sales by
Product Category
The following historical information related to sales organized
by product categories has been reclassified to conform to our
current product line presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
in Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
2,292.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,124.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,167.9
|
|
|
$
|
191.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,359.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,015.6
|
|
|
$
|
(993.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,022.4
|
|
|
$
|
167.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,190.0
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
Targeted Nutrition
|
|
|
730.7
|
|
|
|
(358.4
|
)
|
|
|
372.3
|
|
|
|
61.1
|
|
|
|
433.4
|
|
|
|
616.6
|
|
|
|
(303.8
|
)
|
|
|
312.8
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
364.1
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
Energy, Sports and Fitness
|
|
|
152.2
|
|
|
|
(74.6
|
)
|
|
|
77.6
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
90.3
|
|
|
|
132.3
|
|
|
|
(65.2
|
)
|
|
|
67.1
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
78.1
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
%
|
Outer Nutrition
|
|
|
243.2
|
|
|
|
(119.3
|
)
|
|
|
123.9
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
144.2
|
|
|
|
256.9
|
|
|
|
(126.6
|
)
|
|
|
130.3
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
151.7
|
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)%
|
Literature, Promotional and Other
|
|
|
92.7
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
110.7
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
118.5
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
95.1
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
101.6
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,511.0
|
|
|
$
|
(1,658.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,852.4
|
|
|
$
|
293.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,100.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,472.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,627.7
|
|
|
$
|
257.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our emphasis on the science of weight management, energy and
nutrition has resulted in product introductions such as
Niteworks®
and Garden
7®,
Best
Defense®,
Liftoff®,
H3Otm
and a new Kids Line. Due to the launch of these products
together with the continued positive sales momentum discussed
above, net sales of weight management products, targeted
nutrition products and energy, sports and fitness products
increased compared to 2006. The change of product mix due to
various DMOs, as well as the change in country mix, resulted in
a decrease in the sales of Outer Nutrition products for 2007.
61
Gross
Profit
Gross profit was $1,707.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to $1,505.2 million in
2006. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2007 decreased slightly to 79.6% as
compared to 79.8% for the same period in 2006. Generally, gross
profit percentages do not vary significantly as a percentage of
net sales other than due to product or country mix, ongoing cost
reduction initiatives and provisions for slow moving and
obsolete inventory.
Royalty
Overrides
Royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales was 35.4% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 35.8% in the
same period of 2006. The decrease for the year ended
December 31, 2007 was primarily due to changes in the mix
of products and countries, and the increase in sales in China
where compensation to our full-time employee sales
representatives is included in selling, general and
administrative expenses as opposed to royalty overrides where it
is included for all other distributors under our worldwide
marking plan. Generally, this ratio varies slightly from period
to period due to changes in the mix of products and countries
because full royalty overrides are not paid on certain products
and in certain countries.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net sales was 29.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007,
as compared to 30.4% for the same period of 2006.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $61.2 million to
$634.2 million from $573.0 million in 2006. The
increase included $38.5 million in higher salaries and
benefits due primarily to normal merit increases, severance
related to the Realignment for Growth plan (as discussed in
Note 13, Restructuring Reserve, in the Notes to our
consolidated financial statements) and higher compensation costs
associated with full-time employee sales representatives in
China, $10.1 million in higher foreign exchange losses,
$4.7 million in higher credit card fees due to the increase
in sales, and $3.8 million in higher depreciation and
amortization related mostly to the development of the Customer
Initiative
e-tailing
and distributor support websites launched in April 2007 and the
expansion and relocation to new facilities. The increases were
partially offset by $6.2 million lower professional fees.
Net
Interest Expense
Net interest expense was $10.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to $39.5 million in
2006. Interest expense for 2007 was $28.9 million lower
than 2006 primarily due to the recapitalization expenses
recorded in 2006 related to the redemption of
$165.0 million principal amount of our
91/2% Notes
due 2011, and the repayment of $79.6 million term loan
under our prior senior credit facility originally entered into
on December 21, 2004. The table below shows a break down of
the amounts comprising interest expense for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Net Interest Expense
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
91/2% Senior
Notes Clawback Premium and Write-off of deferred financing fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
Term Loan-Write-off of deferred financing fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Revolver-Write-off of deferred finance fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses included in Interest Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
10.6
|
|
|
$
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Liquidity and Capital Resources below for
further discussion on our senior secured credit facility.
62
Income
Taxes
Income taxes were $111.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, as compared to $74.3 million in
2006. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
income tax rate was 36.7% for the year ended December 31,
2007, as compared to 34.2% in 2006. The increase in the
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2007, as
compared to 2006, was primarily due to an increase in
unrecognized tax benefits (i.e. income tax reserves that are not
related to our adoption of FIN 48 (as defined below) in
2007), the settlement of an international tax audit in 2006, the
tax benefit of a bond redemption in 2006, and the
$2.2 million favorable impact of the adjustment to income
tax accrual in the fourth quarter of 2006. Excluding the effect
of the increase in prior year unrecognized tax benefits and
other non-recurring items, the effective tax rate for the year
ended December 31, 2007 would have been approximately 35.7%
compared to 38% in 2006.
Restructuring
Costs
In July 2006, the Company initiated its realignment of its
employee base as part of the first phase of its Realignment For
Growth plan. The Company recorded $1.8 million and
$10.5 million of professional fees, severance and related
costs relating to the restructuring for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. All such amounts
were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company initiated the
second phase of its Realignment for Growth plan and incurred
approximately $4.0 million of professional fees, severance
and related costs relating to the restructuring.
Net
Results
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased
33.8% to $191.5 million, or $2.63 per diluted share,
compared to $143.1 million, or $1.92 per diluted share, for
2006. The increase was driven by revenue growth in many of our
markets, expansion in operating profit margins and reduction in
interest expense following a debt refinancing in July 2006,
partially offset by higher labor costs, depreciation expense and
foreign exchange losses.
Net income for 2007 included an unfavorable after tax impact of
$3.8 million from the completion of the first phase and
start of the second phase of our Realignment for Growth plan, an
increase in tax reserves of $3.6 million and a
$2.1 million net tax benefit resulting from various
international tax settlements. Net income for 2006 included
$14.3 million additional interest expense related to our
refinancing arrangements in July 2006, a $3.7 million tax
benefit resulting from an international tax settlement, a
$2.7 million additional tax benefit from refinancing
transactions, a $2.2 million favorable impact of the
adjustment to income tax accrual and a $4.9 million
unfavorable after tax impact in connection with the Realignment
for Growth plan in the fourth quarter of 2006. The amounts for
2006 were partially offset by a $7.0 million expense in
connection with the adoption of the new accounting rules for
stock based compensation and a $12.4 million charge for the
continued build-out of infrastructure in China.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We have historically met our working capital and capital
expenditure requirements, including funding for expansion of
operations, through net cash flows provided by operating
activities. Our principal source of liquidity is our operating
cash flows. Variations in sales of our products would directly
affect the availability of funds. There are no material
restrictions on the ability to transfer and remit funds among
our international affiliated companies. We are closely
monitoring various aspects of the current worldwide financial
crisis and we do not believe that there has been or will be a
material impact on our liquidity from this crisis. As noted
above, we have historically met our funding needs utilizing cash
flow from operating activities and we believe we will have
sufficient resources to meet debt service obligations in a
timely manner. Our existing debt has primarily resulted from our
share repurchase activities and not from the need to fund our
normal operations, therefore limiting the impact that the
current worldwide credit crisis has on us. While a significant
net sales decline could potentially affect the availability of
funds, many of our largest expenses are purely variable in
nature, which could protect our funding in all but a dramatic
net sales downturn. Further we maintain a revolving credit
facility which had $72.3 million of undrawn capacity as of
December 31, 2008 and is comprised of banks who are
continuing to support the facility through the recent worldwide
financial crisis.
63
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated
$273.0 million of operating cash flow, as compared to
$270.8 million for the same period in 2007. The increase in
cash generated from operations was primarily due to the increase
in operating income of $19.1 million driven by a 9.9%
growth in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008
compared to the same period in 2007, partially offset by higher
income tax payments, higher receivable balance resulting from a
higher sales volume and an increase in inventory purchases.
Capital expenditures, including capital leases, for the year
ended December 31, 2008 were $106.8 million as
compared to $49.0 million for the same period in 2007. The
majority of these expenditures represented investments in
management information systems, the development of our
distributor internet initiatives, and the expansion of our
facilities domestically and internationally. The increase from
2007 was primarily related to the Oracle upgrade and
implementation in certain regions. We expect to incur capital
expenditures of approximately $60.0 million in 2009.
We entered into a $300.0 million senior secured credit
facility, comprised of a $200.0 million term loan and a
revolving credit facility of $100.0 million, with a
syndicate of financial institutions as lenders in July 2006. The
term loan matures on July 21, 2013 and the revolving credit
facility is available until July 21, 2012. The term loan
bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.5%, or the base rate,
which represents the prime rate offered by major
U.S. banks, plus a margin of 0.50%. The revolving credit
facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25%, or the
base rate, which represents the prime rate offered by major
U.S. banks, plus a margin of 0.25%. In March 2007, we made
a prepayment of $29.5 million on our term loan borrowings.
In September 2007, the credit agreement was amended increasing
the revolving credit facility by $150.0 million to fund the
increase in our share repurchase program discussed below. During
2007, we borrowed an aggregate amount of $293.7 million
under the revolving credit facility to fund our share repurchase
program and paid $85.0 million of the revolving credit
facility. During the first quarter of 2008, we paid
$30.0 million of the revolving credit facility. During the
second quarter of 2008, we borrowed an aggregate amount of
$40.0 million and paid $28.0 million of the revolving
credit facility. During the third quarter of 2008, we paid
$45.0 million of the revolving credit facility, and in
September 2008, we borrowed an aggregate amount of
$10.0 million under the revolving credit facility. During
the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company borrowed an additional
$68.0 million under the revolving credit facility to fund
its share repurchase program and paid $46.0 million of the
revolving credit facility.
The following summarizes our contractual obligations including
interest at December 31, 2008, and the effect such
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows
in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 &
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Borrowings under the senior credit facility
|
|
$
|
364.2
|
|
|
$
|
11.5
|
|
|
$
|
11.5
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
186.6
|
|
|
$
|
143.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
156.1
|
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
42.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
37.7
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
565.4
|
|
|
$
|
66.9
|
|
|
$
|
55.8
|
|
|
$
|
38.0
|
|
|
$
|
204.5
|
|
|
$
|
158.1
|
|
|
$
|
42.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had no
material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in
Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of
Regulation S-K.
Share
Repurchases
On April 18, 2007, our board of directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $300 million of our common shares
during the next two years, at such times and prices as
determined by our management, as market conditions warrant. On
August 23, 2007, our board of directors approved an
increase of $150 million, raising the total value of our
common shares authorized to be repurchased to $450 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, we
64
repurchased approximately 9.1 million of our common shares
through open market purchases at an aggregate cost of
$365.8 million or an average cost of $40.42 per share.
On May 20, 2008, our board of directors approved an
additional increase of $150 million to our previously
authorized share repurchase program raising the total value of
common shares authorized to be repurchased to $600 million.
During the year-ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased
approximately 4.6 million of our common shares through open
market purchases at an aggregate cost of $137.0 million, or
an average cost of $29.60 per share.
As of December 31, 2008, since the inception of the share
repurchase program, we have repurchased approximately
13.7 million of our common shares at an aggregate cost of
$502.8 million, or an average cost of $36.76 per share.
Dividends
During the second quarter of 2007, our board of directors
adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend program. On
April 18, August 6, and October 30, 2007, our
board of directors authorized a $0.20 per common share cash
dividend. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and declared
during fiscal year 2007 was approximately $41.5 million.
During 2008, our board of directors authorized a $0.20 per
common share cash dividend on January 31, May 1,
August 5, and October 30, 2008. The aggregate amount
of dividends paid and declared during fiscal year 2008 was
approximately $50.7 million.
Working
Capital and Operating Activities
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had positive working
capital of $82.9 million and $111.5 million,
respectively. Cash and cash equivalents were $150.8 million
at December 31, 2008, compared to $187.4 million at
December 31, 2007.
We expect that cash and funds provided from operations and
available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will
provide sufficient working capital to operate our business, to
make expected capital expenditures and to meet foreseeable
liquidity requirements, including debt service on our term loan.
The majority of our purchases from suppliers are generally made
in U.S. dollars, while sales to our distributors generally
are made in local currencies. Consequently, strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
impact on net sales and operating margins and can generate
transaction losses on intercompany transactions. For discussion
of our foreign exchange contracts and other hedging
arrangements, see Part II,
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risks.
Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government in
2003 have become more restrictive and have impacted the ability
of Herbalife Venezuela to obtain U.S. dollars at the
official foreign exchange rate. Unless official foreign exchange
is made more readily available, the results of Herbalife
Venezuelas operations could be negatively impacted as it
may obtain more U.S. dollars from alternative sources where
the exchange rate is weaker than the official rate.
At December 31, 2008, Herbalife Venezuela had cash balances
of approximately $35.5 million, primarily denominated in
bolivars. We continue to evaluate the political and economic
environment in Venezuela and any potential changes which may
affect our operations. We are currently making appropriate
applications through the Venezuelan government for acquisition
of U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate to pay for
imported product and to pay an annual dividend. Herbalife
Venezuelas net sales represented less than 4% of
consolidated worldwide net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
65
Quarterly
Results of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
512,877
|
|
|
$
|
602,199
|
|
|
$
|
639,700
|
|
|
$
|
604,437
|
|
|
$
|
578,096
|
|
|
$
|
529,543
|
|
|
$
|
530,100
|
|
|
$
|
508,099
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
96,061
|
|
|
|
116,620
|
|
|
|
128,049
|
|
|
|
117,666
|
|
|
|
113,851
|
|
|
|
105,886
|
|
|
|
111,361
|
|
|
|
107,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
416,816
|
|
|
|
485,579
|
|
|
|
511,651
|
|
|
|
486,771
|
|
|
|
464,245
|
|
|
|
423,657
|
|
|
|
418,739
|
|
|
|
400,816
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
168,375
|
|
|
|
200,323
|
|
|
|
215,300
|
|
|
|
212,720
|
|
|
|
204,845
|
|
|
|
186,497
|
|
|
|
188,509
|
|
|
|
180,260
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
187,573
|
|
|
|
196,761
|
|
|
|
203,113
|
|
|
|
184,400
|
|
|
|
173,742
|
|
|
|
158,864
|
|
|
|
152,157
|
|
|
|
149,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
60,868
|
|
|
|
88,495
|
|
|
|
93,238
|
|
|
|
89,651
|
|
|
|
85,658
|
|
|
|
78,296
|
|
|
|
78,073
|
|
|
|
71,128
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
|
|
3,167
|
|
|
|
3,791
|
|
|
|
3,354
|
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
2,274
|
|
|
|
2,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
58,010
|
|
|
|
85,088
|
|
|
|
90,071
|
|
|
|
85,860
|
|
|
|
82,304
|
|
|
|
75,556
|
|
|
|
75,799
|
|
|
|
68,924
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
24,351
|
|
|
|
27,004
|
|
|
|
22,991
|
|
|
|
23,493
|
|
|
|
28,472
|
|
|
|
27,226
|
|
|
|
27,690
|
|
|
|
27,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
33,659
|
|
|
$
|
58,084
|
|
|
$
|
67,080
|
|
|
$
|
62,367
|
|
|
$
|
53,832
|
|
|
$
|
48,330
|
|
|
$
|
48,109
|
|
|
$
|
41,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
0.71
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.89
|
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.93
|
|
|
$
|
0.77
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
62,707
|
|
|
|
63,594
|
|
|
|
64,282
|
|
|
|
64,381
|
|
|
|
67,219
|
|
|
|
68,513
|
|
|
|
70,616
|
|
|
|
71,722
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
63,187
|
|
|
|
65,439
|
|
|
|
66,110
|
|
|
|
67,200
|
|
|
|
70,042
|
|
|
|
71,657
|
|
|
|
73,990
|
|
|
|
74,943
|
|
Contingencies
The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation.
The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in
which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate
by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss
estimate can be made.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to
various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to
date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably
possible range of exposure on currently existing claims is not
material to the Company. The Company believes that it has
meritorious defenses to the allegations contained in the
lawsuits. The Company currently maintains product liability
insurance with an annual deductible of $10 million.
Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have been subject to
tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective
countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental
authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional
taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company
and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses
to their allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the
Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes
and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and the Company
cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the
opinion of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not
likely result in a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition and operating results. This opinion is based
on the belief that any losses suffered in excess of amounts
reserved would not be material, and that the Company has
meritorious defenses. Although the Company has reserved an
amount that the Company believes represents the most likely
outcome of the resolution of these disputes, if the Company is
incorrect in the assessment the Company may have to record
additional expenses.
66
Subsequent
Event
On February 20, 2009, the Companys Board of Directors
approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per common share,
for the fourth quarter, to shareholders of record effective
March 3, 2009, payable on March 17, 2009.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity
with GAAP, which require us to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. We consider the following policies to be most
critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in
preparing the financial statements and the uncertainties that
could impact our operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
We are a network marketing company that sells a wide range of
weight management products, nutritional supplements, energy,
sports & fitness products and personal care products
within one industry segment as defined under Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information, or SFAS 131. Our products are manufactured
by third party providers and then sold to independent
distributors who sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or
other distributors. We sell products in 70 countries throughout
the world and we are organized and managed by geographic region.
We have elected to aggregate our operating segments into one
reporting segment, except China, as management believes that our
operating segments have similar operating characteristics and
similar long term operating performance. In making this
determination, management believes that the operating segments
are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product
acquisition process, the types of customers products are sold
to, the methods used to distribute the products, and the nature
of the regulatory environment.
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
to the independent distributor or importer or as products are
sold in our retail stores in China. Amounts billed for freight
and handling costs are included in net sales. We generally
receive the net sales price in cash or through credit card
payments at the point of sale. Related royalty overrides and
allowances for product returns are recorded when the merchandise
is shipped.
Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our
buyback program, are provided at the time the product is
shipped. This accrual is based upon historic return rates for
each country and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
12 months following the original sale. Historically,
product returns and buybacks have not been significant. Product
returns and buybacks were approximately 0.8% of retail sales for
the year ended December 31, 2008 and approximately 1% of
retail sales for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
We record reserves against our inventory to provide for
estimated obsolete or unsalable inventory based on assumptions
about future demand for our products and market conditions. If
future demand and market conditions are less favorable than
managements assumptions, additional reserves could be
required. Likewise, favorable future demand and market
conditions could positively impact future operating results if
previously reserved for inventory is sold. We reserved for
obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $11.6 million
and $12.0 million as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, such as
property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles
subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future
cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the
carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash
flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the
asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in
the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying
amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer
depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group
classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the
appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.
67
Goodwill and other intangibles not subject to amortization are
tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment
more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the
asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the
extent that the carrying amount exceeds the assets fair
value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level
and consists of two steps. First, we determine the fair value of
a reporting unit and compare it to its carrying amount. Second,
if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair
value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the
carrying amount of the reporting units goodwill and other
intangibles over the implied fair value. The implied fair value
is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit
in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in
accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations, or SFAS 141. The residual fair value
after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting
units goodwill and other intangibles. As of
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 we had
goodwill of approximately $110.7 million and
$111.5 million, respectively, and marketing franchise of
$310.0 million as of both dates. No marketing related
intangibles or goodwill impairment was recorded during the
twelve months ended December 31, 2008.
Contingencies are accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, or
SFAS 5. SFAS 5 requires that we record an estimated
loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to
issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is
probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been
incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount
of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for
contingencies such as legal and income tax matters requires us
to use judgment. Many of these legal and tax contingencies can
take years to be resolved. Generally, as the time period
increases over which the uncertainties are resolved, the
likelihood of changes to the estimate of the ultimate outcome
increases.
Deferred income tax assets have been established for net
operating loss carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries and
have been reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect them at
amounts estimated to be ultimately realized. The net operating
loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts over a future
period of time. Realization of the income tax carryforwards is
dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to
expiration of the carryforwards. Although realization is not
assured, we believe it is more likely than not that the net
carrying value of the income tax carryforwards will be realized.
The amount of the income tax carryforwards that is considered
realizable, however, could change if estimates of future taxable
income during the carryforward period are adjusted.
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with
SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or
SFAS 123R. Under the fair value recognition provisions of
this statement, share-based compensation cost is measured at the
grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as
an expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value
of share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment,
including estimating our stock price volatility and employee
stock award exercise behaviors. Our expected volatility is
primarily based upon the historical volatility of our common
shares and, due to the limited period of public trading data for
our common shares, it is also validated against the volatility
of a company peer group. The expected life of awards is based on
the simple average of the average vesting period and the life of
the award. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Statements of Income is based on awards ultimately expected to
vest, the amount of expense has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated
at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation
Number 48, Income Taxes, or FIN 48. FIN 48
addressed the determination of how tax benefits claimed or
expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the
financial statements. Under FIN 48, we must recognize the
tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more
likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on
examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical
merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the
financial statements from such a position are measured based on
the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or
SFAS 157, except as it applies to the nonfinancial assets
and nonfinancial liabilities subject to FSP
No. 157-2.
SFAS 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes
methods for measuring fair value, establishes a fair value
hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value, and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. As discussed
in Note 14,
68
Fair Value Measurements, to the Notes to our consolidated
financial statements, we have properly measured and disclosed
our financial instruments in accordance with SFAS 157.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities An Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 133, or SFAS 161. SFAS 161 expands the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities. SFAS 161 specifically requires entities to
provide enhanced disclosures addressing the following:
(a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments,
(b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are
accounted for under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, or
SFAS 133, and its related interpretations, and (c) how
derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an
entitys financial position, financial performance, and
cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We
believe the adoption of SFAS 161 will not have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
FAS 157-2,
or FSP
FAS 157-2.
FSP
FAS 157-2
will delay the effective date of SFAS 157 for all
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those
that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial
statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). FSP
FAS 157-2
partially defers the effective date of SFAS 157 to fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim
periods within those fiscal years for items within the scope of
FSP 157-2.
We believe the adoption of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets
and liabilities will not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS, No. 141 (revised
2007), Business Combinations, or SFAS 141R, which
replaces SFAS 141. SFAS 141R establishes principles
and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in
its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, any non controlling interest in the
acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also modifies
the recognition for preacquisition contingencies, such as
environmental or legal issues, restructuring plans and acquired
research and development value in purchase accounting.
SFAS 141R amends SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, to require the acquirer to recognize changes
in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable
because of a business combination either in income from
continuing operations in the period of the combination or
directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances.
SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements which
will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects
of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We believe
the adoption of SFAS 141R will not have a material impact
on our consolidated financial statements.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
We are exposed to market risks, which arise during the normal
course of business from changes in interest rates and foreign
currency exchange rates. On a selected basis, we use derivative
financial instruments to manage or hedge these risks. All
hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to
written guidelines and procedures.
We have adopted SFAS 133. SFAS 133, as amended and
interpreted, established accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All
derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not,
are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the
changes in the fair value of the derivative and the underlying
hedged item are recognized concurrently in earnings. If the
derivative is designated as a cash-flow hedge, changes in the
fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive
income, or OCI, and are recognized in the statement of
operations when the hedged item affects earnings. SFAS 133
defines the requirements for designation and documentation of
hedging relationships as well as ongoing effectiveness
assessments in order to use hedge accounting. For a derivative
that does not qualify as a hedge, changes in fair value are
recognized concurrently in earnings.
A discussion of our primary market risk exposures and
derivatives is presented below.
69
Foreign
Exchange Risk
We enter into foreign exchange derivatives in the ordinary
course of business primarily to reduce exposure to currency
fluctuations attributable to intercompany transactions,
translation of local currency revenue, inventory purchases
subject to foreign currency exposure, and to partially mitigate
the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations. With the
exception of the $45 million foreign exchange forward
contracts relating to forecasted inventory purchases, all of our
foreign exchange contracts are designated as free standing
derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The
changes in the fair market value of the derivatives not
qualifying as cash flow hedges are included in selling, general
and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of
income.
The foreign exchange forward contracts are used to hedge
advances between subsidiaries and to partially mitigate the
impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Foreign exchange
average rate option contracts are also used to mitigate the
impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations. The objective of
these contracts is to neutralize the impact of foreign currency
movements on the operating results of our subsidiaries. The fair
value of forward and option contracts is based on third-party
bank quotes.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we purchased
$45 million of forward contracts in order to hedge
forecasted inventory purchases that are designated as cash-flow
hedges and are subject to foreign currency exposures. We have
elected to apply the hedge accounting rules as required by
SFAS 133, for these hedges. These contracts allow us to
sell Euros in exchange for U.S. dollars at specified
contract rates. As of December 31, 2008, approximately
$45 million of the contracts were outstanding and are
expected to mature over the next year. Our derivative financial
instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at
fair value based on quoted market rates. These forward contracts
are used to hedge forecasted inventory purchases over specific
months. Changes in the fair value of forward contracts,
excluding forward points, designated as cash-flow hedges are
recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
earnings within stockholders equity, and are recognized in
cost of goods sold in the period which approximates the time the
hedged inventory is sold. As of December 31, 2008 we
recorded a liability at fair value of $0.1 million with the
offsetting amounts recorded in other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, all of our foreign exchange
forward and option contracts have a maturity of one year or
less, with the majority expiring within 90 days.
The following table provides information about the details of
our forward contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell MXN
|
|
|
19.42
|
|
|
$
|
50.0
|
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Buy SEK sell EUR
|
|
|
11.00
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy MYR sell EUR
|
|
|
4.87
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy DKK sell EUR
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy TWD sell EUR
|
|
|
45.95
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy GBP sell EUR
|
|
|
0.97
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy CLP sell USD
|
|
|
633.00
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy USD sell YEN
|
|
|
98.42
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Buy USD sell EUR
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
99.6
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Buy USD sell BRL
|
|
|
2.29
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Buy USD sell MXN
|
|
|
11.18
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
1.52
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Buy MXN sell USD
|
|
|
11.56
|
|
|
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
221.0
|
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy BRL sell USD
|
|
|
1.77
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Buy DKK sell EUR
|
|
|
7.45
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell GBP
|
|
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell MXN
|
|
|
15.95
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell MXN
|
|
|
15.88
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Buy EUR sell SEK
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Buy GBP sell EUR
|
|
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
39.44
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy KRW sell USD
|
|
|
935.00
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy MYR sell EUR
|
|
|
4.81
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy NOK sell EUR
|
|
|
7.97
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy NZD sell EUR
|
|
|
1.90
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy PLN sell EUR
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell EUR
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy TWD sell EUR
|
|
|
46.71
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Buy USD sell EUR
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
55.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Buy USD sell TRY
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy YEN sell EUR
|
|
|
166.00
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Buy YEN sell USD
|
|
|
113.57
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
202.3
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, we did not have any outstanding
foreign currency option contracts. The following table provides
information about the details of our foreign currency option
contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell EURO/buy USD) Euro
|
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
1.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell MXN/buy USD) Mexican Peso
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
10.76
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total option contracts
|
|
$
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most of our foreign subsidiaries designate their local
currencies as their functional currencies. At December 31,
2008 and 2007, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash
was $142.0 million and $154.8 million, respectively,
of which $9.7 million and $8.4 million, respectively,
was invested in U.S. dollars.
Interest
Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate annual maturities of
the senior secured credit facility entered into on July 2006, as
amended, were: 2009-$1.5 million; 2010-$1.5 million;
2011-$1.5 million; 2012-$179.2 million and
$140.8 million in 2013. The fair value of the senior
secured credit facility approximates its carrying value of
$324.5 million as of December 31, 2008 and
$357.1 million as of December 31, 2007. The senior
secured credit facility bears a variable interest rate, and on
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the weighted average interest
rate was 3.04% and 6.26%, respectively.
71
Under our senior secured credit facility, we are obligated to
enter into an interest rate hedge for up to 25% of the aggregate
principal amount of the term loan for a minimum of three years.
On August 23, 2006, we entered into a new interest rate
swap agreement. This agreement provides for us to pay interest
for a three-year period at a fixed rate of 5.26% on the initial
notional principal amount of $180.0 million while receiving
interest for the same period at the LIBOR rate on the same
notional principal amount. The notional amount is scheduled to
be reduced by $20.0 million in the second, third and fourth
quarters of each year commencing January 1, 2007,
throughout the term of the swap. The swap has been designated as
a cash flow hedge against the variability in LIBOR interest rate
on the new term loan at LIBOR plus 1.50%, thereby fixing our
effective rate on the notional amounts at 6.76%. As of
December 31, 2008, the swap notional amount was
$40.0 million. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we
recorded the interest rate swap as a liability at fair value of
$1.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively, with the
offsetting amounts recorded in other comprehensive income.
|
|
Item 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
Our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the
reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting
firm, are set forth in the Index to Financial Statements under
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement
Schedules, of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act. Based on an evaluation of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of the end
of the period covered by this report conducted by the
Companys management, with the participation of the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of December 31, 2008.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, adopted rules which require the Company to include
in its Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. In addition, the Companys
independent auditors must attest to and report on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. The Companys internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance
to the Companys management and Board of Directors
regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can
provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
statement preparation and presentation.
The Companys management carried out an evaluation, under
the supervision and with the participation of the Companys
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based
upon this evaluation, under the framework in Internal Control
Integrated Framework, our management concluded that
our internal control over financial reporting was effective as
of December 31, 2008.
72
The independent registered public accounting firm that audited
the financial statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has issued an attestation report on the Companys internal
control over financial reporting, which is set forth below.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in the Companys internal control
over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2008 that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the Companys internal control over financial
reporting.
73
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Herbalife Ltd.:
We have audited Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries (the
Company) internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying managements report on internal control over
financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related
consolidated statements of income, change in shareholders
equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and
our report dated February 24, 2009, expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Los Angeles, California
February 24, 2009
74
|
|
Item 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
PART III.
|
|
Item 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, except that the
information required with respect to our executive officers is
set forth under Item 1 Business, of this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
|
|
Item 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, except that the
information required with respect to our equity compensation
plans is set forth under Item 5 Market for
Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
|
|
Item 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
75
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K,
or incorporated herein by reference:
1. Financial Statements. The following
financial statements of Herbalife Ltd. are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
on the pages indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page No.
|
|
HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
2. Financial Statement
Schedules. Schedules are omitted because the
required information is inapplicable or the information is
presented in the consolidated financial statements or related
notes.
3. Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the
Exhibit Index immediately below are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
or are incorporated by reference herein.
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 10, 2002, by and
among Herbalife International, Inc., WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd. and WH Acquisition Corp.
|
|
(a)
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of
Association of Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
(d)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Share Certificate
|
|
(d)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement between Herbalife International Inc.
and certain officers and directors of Herbalife International
Inc.
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Office lease agreement between Herbalife International of
America Inc. and State Teachers Retirement System, dated
July 11, 1995
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.3#
|
|
Herbalife International of America, Inc.s Senior Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as
amended
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.4#
|
|
Herbalife International of America, Inc.s Management
Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as
amended
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Master Trust Agreement between Herbalife International of
America, Inc. and Imperial Trust Company, Inc., effective
January 1, 1996
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.6#
|
|
Herbalife International Inc. 401K Profit Sharing Plan and Trust,
as amended
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Trust Agreement for Herbalife 2001 Executive Retention
Plan, effective March 15, 2001
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.8#
|
|
Herbalife 2001 Executive Retention Plan, effective
March 15, 2001
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Notice to Distributors regarding Amendment to Agreements of
Distributorship, dated as of July 18, 2002 between
Herbalife International, Inc. and each Herbalife Distributor
|
|
(a)
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Indemnity Agreement dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among
WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., WH Acquisition Corp.,
Whitney & Co., LLC, Whitney V, L.P., Whitney
Strategic Partners V, L.P., GGC Administration, L.L.C.,
Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P.,
CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series E, CCG Associates-QP, LLC and WH Investments
Ltd.
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.11#
|
|
Independent Directors Stock Option Plan of WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd.
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.12#
|
|
WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan, as
restated, dated as of November 5, 2003
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.13#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated as of April 3,
2003 between WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Michael O.
Johnson
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.14#
|
|
Side Letter Agreement dated as of April 3, 2003 by and
among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Michael O. Johnson and
the Shareholders listed therein
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Executive
Agreement)
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.16#
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Executive
Agreement)
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2004, among WH
Capital Corporation and Gregory Probert
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2004, among WH
Capital Corporation and Brett R. Chapman
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stock Subscription Agreement of WH Capital Corporation, dated as
of February 9, 2004, between WH Capital Corporation and WH
Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan, dated November 5, 2003
|
|
(a)
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002,
by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Whitney V,
L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., WH Investments
Ltd., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG
Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV,
LLC-Series C and CCG AV, LLC-Series E.
|
|
(b)
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and
among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Whitney Strategic
Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., Whitney V,
L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG
Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C and CCG AV, LLC-Series E.
|
|
(b)
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Herbalife Ltd. and the
directors and certain officers of Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
(c)
|
|
10
|
.24#
|
|
Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, effective
December 1, 2004
|
|
(c)
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2004,
between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International, Inc. and
Whitney & Co., LLC.
|
|
(d)
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2004,
between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Inc. and GGC
Administration, L.L.C.
|
|
(d)
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2004,
by and among Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International, Inc.,
Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG
Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, CCG CI, LLC and
GGC Administration, LLC.
|
|
(d)
|
|
10
|
.28#
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
(e)
|
|
10
|
.29#
|
|
Form of Stock Bonus Award Agreement
|
|
(e)
|
|
10
|
.30#
|
|
Employment Agreement Effective as of January 1, 2005
between Herbalife Ltd. and Henry Burdick
|
|
(f)
|
|
10
|
.31#
|
|
Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Option Agreement
|
|
(g)
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.32#
|
|
Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement
|
|
(g)
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Service Agreement by and between Herbalife Europe Limited and
Wynne Roberts ESQ, dated as of September 6, 2005
|
|
(h)
|
|
10
|
.34#
|
|
Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
(i)
|
|
10
|
.35#
|
|
Independent Directors Stock Unit Award Agreement
|
|
(i)
|
|
10
|
.36#
|
|
Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
(j)
|
|
10
|
.37#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit
Award Agreement
|
|
(k)
|
|
10
|
.38#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement
|
|
(k)
|
|
10
|
.39#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit
Award Agreement applicable to Mr. Michael O. Johnson
|
|
(l)
|
|
10
|
.40#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to
Mr. Michael O. Johnson
|
|
(l)
|
|
10
|
.41#
|
|
Amendment to Herbalife Ltd. Independent Directors Deferred
Compensation and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
(m)
|
|
10
|
.42#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit
Award Agreement applicable to Messrs. Brett R. Chapman and
Richard Goudis
|
|
(n)
|
|
10
|
.43#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to
Messrs. Brett R. Chapman and Richard Goudis
|
|
(n)
|
|
10
|
.44#
|
|
Employment agreement dated December 18, 2007 between
Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Paul Noack
|
|
(o)
|
|
10
|
.45
|
|
Form of Credit Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and
among Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH
Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings
S.á.R.L., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L.,
HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings
Ltd., Herbalife Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg
Distribution S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party
thereto in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as
Collateral Agent
|
|
(p)
|
|
10
|
.46
|
|
Form of Security Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by
and among Herbalife International, Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH
Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings
S.á.R.L., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L.,
HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings
Ltd., Herbalife Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg
Distribution S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party
thereto in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as
Collateral Agent
|
|
(p)
|
|
10
|
.47#
|
|
Amended and Restated Independent Directors Deferred Compensation
and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
(p)
|
|
10
|
.48#
|
|
Employment Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Gregory
L. Probert dated October 10, 2006
|
|
(q)
|
|
10
|
.49#
|
|
Employment Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R.
Chapman dated October 10, 2006
|
|
(q)
|
|
10
|
.50#
|
|
Stock Unit Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R.
Chapman dated October 10, 2006
|
|
(q)
|
|
10
|
.51#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R. Chapman dated
September 1, 2004
|
|
(q)
|
|
10
|
.52#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R. Chapman dated
December 1, 2004
|
|
(q)
|
|
10
|
.53#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R. Chapman dated
April 27, 2005
|
|
(q)
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.54#
|
|
Employment Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard
P. Goudis dated October 24, 2006
|
|
(r)
|
|
10
|
.55#
|
|
Stock Unit Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard
P. Goudis dated October 24, 2006
|
|
(r)
|
|
10
|
.56#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard P. Goudis dated
June 14, 2004
|
|
(r)
|
|
10
|
.57#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard P. Goudis dated
September 1, 2004
|
|
(r)
|
|
10
|
.58#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard P. Goudis dated
December 1, 2004
|
|
(r)
|
|
10
|
.59#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement
by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard P. Goudis dated
April 27, 2005
|
|
(r)
|
|
10
|
.60#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit
Award Agreement applicable to Michael O. Johnson
|
|
(s)
|
|
10
|
.61#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Michael O.
Johnson
|
|
(s)
|
|
10
|
.62#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit
Award Agreement applicable to Messrs. Richard P. Goudis and
Brett R. Chapman
|
|
(s)
|
|
10
|
.63#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to
Messrs. Richard P. Goudis and Brett R. Chapman
|
|
(s)
|
|
10
|
.64#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit
Award Agreement
|
|
(s)
|
|
10
|
.65#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock
Appreciation Right Award Agreement
|
|
(s)
|
|
10
|
.66
|
|
First Amendment dated June 21, 2007, to Form of Credit
Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg
Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent
|
|
(t)
|
|
10
|
.67
|
|
Second Amendment dated September 17, 2007, to Form of
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg
Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent
|
|
(t)
|
|
10
|
.68
|
|
Third Amendment dated November 30, 2007, to Form of Credit
Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg
Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent
|
|
(u)
|
|
10
|
.69#
|
|
Herbalife Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
(u)
|
|
10
|
.70
|
|
Fourth Amendment dated February 21, 2008, to Form of Credit
Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg
Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent
|
|
(u)
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.71#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of March 27, 2008 between
Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International of America,
Inc.
|
|
(v)
|
|
10
|
.72#
|
|
Stock Unit Award Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and
Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008.
|
|
(v)
|
|
10
|
.73#
|
|
Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement by and between
Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008.
|
|
(v)
|
|
10
|
.74#
|
|
Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement by and between
Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008.
|
|
(v)
|
|
10
|
.75#
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement dated as of
April 4, 2008 between Gregory L. Probert and Herbalife
International of America, Inc.
|
|
(w)
|
|
10
|
.76
|
|
Fifth Amendment dated September 25, 2008, to Form of Credit
Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2006, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg
Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent
|
|
(x)
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
*
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
|
|
*
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
|
|
*
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
|
|
*
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
|
|
*
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
# |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
(a) |
|
Previously filed on October 1, 2004 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(b) |
|
Previously filed on November 9, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 2 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(c) |
|
Previously filed on December 2, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 4 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(d) |
|
Previously filed on December 14, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 5 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(e) |
|
Previously filed on February 17, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-8
(File
No. 333-122871)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(f) |
|
Previously filed on May 13, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(g) |
|
Previously filed on June 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(h) |
|
Previously filed on September 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(i) |
|
Previously filed on February 28, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2005 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(j) |
|
Previously filed on November 22, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-8
(File No. 129885). |
80
|
|
|
(k) |
|
Previously filed on March 29, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(l) |
|
Previously filed on March 29, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(m) |
|
Previously filed on March 30, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(n) |
|
Previously filed on March 31, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(o) |
|
Previously filed on December 20, 2007 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(p) |
|
Previously filed on November 13, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and is
incorporated by reference. |
|
(q) |
|
Previously filed on October 12, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(r) |
|
Previously filed on October 26, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(s) |
|
Previously filed on May 29, 2007 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(t) |
|
Previously filed on November 6, 2007 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 and is
incorporated by reference. |
|
(u) |
|
Previously filed on February 26, 2008 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(v) |
|
Previously filed on April 7, 2008 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(w) |
|
Previously filed on April 9, 2008 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(x) |
|
Previously filed on November 3, 2008 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 and is
incorporated by reference. |
81
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Herbalife Ltd.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated
statements of income, changes in shareholders equity and
comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company has
changed its method of accounting for share-based compensation
due to the adoption of the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123R, Share-Based
Payment. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company has
changed its method of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
due to the adoption of the provisions of Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. As discussed in
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS
No. 157, Fair Value Measurements.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated
February 24, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
Los Angeles, California
February 24, 2009
82
HERBALIFE
LTD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
|
|
|
|
except share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
150,847
|
|
|
$
|
187,407
|
|
Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,988
(2008) and $7,863 (2007)
|
|
|
70,002
|
|
|
|
58,729
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
134,392
|
|
|
|
128,648
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
89,214
|
|
|
|
72,193
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
40,313
|
|
|
|
40,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
484,768
|
|
|
|
487,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property at cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3,878
|
|
|
|
9,765
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
215,229
|
|
|
|
141,995
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
45,796
|
|
|
|
35,267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264,903
|
|
|
|
187,027
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(89,411
|
)
|
|
|
(66,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property
|
|
|
175,492
|
|
|
|
121,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets
|
|
|
15,754
|
|
|
|
19,315
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
22,578
|
|
|
|
15,873
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of
$1,287 (2008) and $807 (2007)
|
|
|
1,989
|
|
|
|
2,395
|
|
Marketing related intangibles
|
|
|
310,060
|
|
|
|
310,060
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
110,677
|
|
|
|
111,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,121,318
|
|
|
$
|
1,067,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
41,084
|
|
|
$
|
35,377
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
130,369
|
|
|
|
127,227
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
60,629
|
|
|
|
54,067
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
104,795
|
|
|
|
114,083
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
15,117
|
|
|
|
4,661
|
|
Advance sales deposits
|
|
|
12,603
|
|
|
|
11,599
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
37,302
|
|
|
|
28,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
401,899
|
|
|
|
375,618
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
336,514
|
|
|
|
360,491
|
|
Deferred compensation plan liability
|
|
|
13,979
|
|
|
|
20,233
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
103,675
|
|
|
|
107,584
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
23,520
|
|
|
|
21,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
879,587
|
|
|
|
884,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONTINGENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.002 par value, 500.0 million shares
authorized, 61.4 million (2008) and 64.4 million
(2007) shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Paid-in capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
197,715
|
|
|
|
160,872
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(28,614
|
)
|
|
|
(3,947
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
72,507
|
|
|
|
25,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
241,731
|
|
|
|
182,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,121,318
|
|
|
$
|
1,067,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
83
HERBALIFE
LTD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
$
|
2,032,293
|
|
|
$
|
1,852,434
|
|
|
$
|
1,627,678
|
|
Handling & freight income
|
|
|
326,920
|
|
|
|
293,405
|
|
|
|
257,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
2,359,213
|
|
|
|
2,145,839
|
|
|
|
1,885,534
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
458,396
|
|
|
|
438,382
|
|
|
|
380,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,900,817
|
|
|
|
1,707,457
|
|
|
|
1,505,196
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
796,718
|
|
|
|
760,110
|
|
|
|
675,245
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses, including,
$0.8 million (2007) and $1.4 million
(2006) of related party expenses
|
|
|
771,847
|
|
|
|
634,190
|
|
|
|
573,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
332,252
|
|
|
|
313,157
|
|
|
|
256,946
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
13,222
|
|
|
|
10,573
|
|
|
|
39,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
319,030
|
|
|
|
302,584
|
|
|
|
217,405
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
97,840
|
|
|
|
111,133
|
|
|
|
74,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME
|
|
$
|
221,190
|
|
|
$
|
191,451
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.47
|
|
|
$
|
2.75
|
|
|
$
|
2.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.36
|
|
|
$
|
2.63
|
|
|
$
|
1.92
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
63,785
|
|
|
|
69,497
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
65,769
|
|
|
|
72,714
|
|
|
|
74,509
|
|
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
84
HERBALIFE
LTD.
AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Excess of
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
par Value
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
|
$
|
(210
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,524
|
|
|
$
|
605
|
|
|
$
|
78,829
|
|
|
$
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 1.8 million common shares from exercise of
stock options, SARs and restricted stock grants
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options, SARs and
restricted stock grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from share based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143,139
|
|
|
|
143,139
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
141,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
132,755
|
|
|
$
|
(782
|
)
|
|
$
|
221,774
|
|
|
$
|
353,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 1.8 million common shares from exercise of
stock options, SARs and restricted stock grants
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options, SARs and
restricted stock grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from share based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchases of common shares
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(346,500
|
)
|
|
|
(365,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41,535
|
)
|
|
|
(41,535
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191,451
|
|
|
|
191,451
|
|
|
$
|
191,451
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,523
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,523
|
)
|
|
|
(2,523
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(642
|
)
|
|
|
(642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
188,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
129
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
160,872
|
|
|
$
|
(3,947
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,190
|
|
|
$
|
182,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 1.7 million common shares from exercise of
stock options, SARs, warrants, employee stock purchase plan, and
restricted stock grants
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options, SARs and
restricted stock grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from share based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchases of common shares
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(123,173
|
)
|
|
|
(138,921
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,700
|
)
|
|
|
(50,700
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221,190
|
|
|
|
221,190
|
|
|
$
|
221,190
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,770
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,770
|
)
|
|
|
(24,770
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
196,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
123
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
197,715
|
|
|
$
|
(28,614
|
)
|
|
$
|
72,507
|
|
|
$
|
241,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
85
HERBALIFE
LTD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
221,190
|
|
|
$
|
191,451
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
48,732
|
|
|
|
35,115
|
|
|
|
29,995
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
|
|
|
(14,602
|
)
|
|
|
(19,447
|
)
|
|
|
(20,179
|
)
|
Share based compensation expenses
|
|
|
17,788
|
|
|
|
12,904
|
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
Amortization of discount and deferred financing costs
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(4,103
|
)
|
|
|
3,344
|
|
|
|
(19,544
|
)
|
Unrealized foreign exchange transaction loss (gain)
|
|
|
15,243
|
|
|
|
(13,009
|
)
|
|
|
(4,905
|
)
|
Write-off of deferred financing costs & unamortized
discounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
7,116
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,963
|
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(18,529
|
)
|
|
|
(2,381
|
)
|
|
|
(12,228
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(27,572
|
)
|
|
|
26,765
|
|
|
|
(29,943
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(23,966
|
)
|
|
|
(28,149
|
)
|
|
|
(737
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
(3,967
|
)
|
|
|
(3,223
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
8,922
|
|
|
|
(7,595
|
)
|
|
|
(1,886
|
)
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
13,375
|
|
|
|
5,751
|
|
|
|
26,325
|
|
Accrued expenses and accrued compensation
|
|
|
12,412
|
|
|
|
16,577
|
|
|
|
31,543
|
|
Advance sales deposits
|
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
|
(501
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
24,191
|
|
|
|
49,956
|
|
|
|
24,192
|
|
Deferred compensation plan liability
|
|
|
(6,254
|
)
|
|
|
2,067
|
|
|
|
3,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
272,988
|
|
|
|
270,811
|
|
|
|
184,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property
|
|
|
(88,601
|
)
|
|
|
(41,942
|
)
|
|
|
(62,460
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets
|
|
|
3,561
|
|
|
|
(1,708
|
)
|
|
|
(4,459
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
(84,964
|
)
|
|
|
(43,390
|
)
|
|
|
(66,808
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
(50,700
|
)
|
|
|
(41,535
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from long-term debt
|
|
|
118,000
|
|
|
|
293,700
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
Principal payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(167,481
|
)
|
|
|
(122,216
|
)
|
|
|
(134,528
|
)
|
Repurchases of
91/2% Notes
and
113/4% Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(165,137
|
)
|
Increase in deferred financing costs
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(871
|
)
|
|
|
(2,331
|
)
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
(138,921
|
)
|
|
|
(365,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
|
|
|
14,602
|
|
|
|
19,447
|
|
|
|
20,179
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
19,508
|
|
|
|
13,747
|
|
|
|
11,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
(205,067
|
)
|
|
|
(203,511
|
)
|
|
|
(55,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH
|
|
|
(19,517
|
)
|
|
|
9,174
|
|
|
|
3,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(36,560
|
)
|
|
|
33,084
|
|
|
|
66,075
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
|
|
|
187,407
|
|
|
|
154,323
|
|
|
|
88,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
|
|
$
|
150,847
|
|
|
$
|
187,407
|
|
|
$
|
154,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
17,735
|
|
|
$
|
14,799
|
|
|
$
|
39,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
73,939
|
|
|
$
|
62,431
|
|
|
$
|
64,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON CASH ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets acquired under capital leases and other long-term debt
|
|
$
|
36,048
|
|
|
$
|
7,085
|
|
|
$
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
86
HERBALIFE
LTD.
Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability
company, or Herbalife, incorporated on April 4, 2002.
Herbalife Ltd. (and together with its subsidiaries, the
Company) is a leading global network marketing
company that sells weight management, nutritional supplement,
energy, sports & fitness products and personal care
products through a network of over 1.9 million independent
distributors, except in China, where the Company currently sells
the products through retail stores and an employed sales force.
The Company reports revenue in six geographic regions: North
America, which consists of the U.S., Canada and Jamaica; Mexico
and Central America, which consists of Mexico, Costa Rica, El
Salvador, Panama, Dominican Republic, Honduras, Nicaragua, and
Guatemala; South America, which includes Brazil; EMEA, which
consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Asia Pacific
(excluding China) which consists of Asia, New Zealand and
Australia; and China.
The Companys consolidated financial statements refer to
Herbalife and its subsidiaries.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or
SFAS, No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities An Amendment of FASB
Statement No. 133, or SFAS 161. SFAS 161
expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments
and hedging activities. SFAS 161 specifically requires
entities to provide enhanced disclosures addressing the
following: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related
hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,
or SFAS 133, and its related interpretations, and
(c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items
affect an entitys financial position, financial
performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for
fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
November 15, 2008. The Company believes the adoption of
SFAS 161 will not have a material impact to its
consolidated financial statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
FAS 157-2,
or FSP
FAS 157-2.
FSP
FAS 157-2
will delay the effective date of SFAS No. 157, Fair
Value Measurements, or SFAS 157, for all nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are
recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial
statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). FSP
FAS 157-2
partially defers the effective date of SFAS 157 to fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim
periods within those fiscal years for items within the scope of
FSP 157-2.
The Company believes the adoption of FAS 157 for
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities will not have a
material impact to its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS, No. 141 (revised
2007), Business Combinations, or SFAS 141R, which
replaces SFAS 141, Business Combinations.
SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how
an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements
the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any
non controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill
acquired. SFAS 141R also modifies the recognition for
preacquisition contingencies, such as environmental or legal
issues, restructuring plans and acquired research and
development value in purchase accounting. SFAS 141R amends
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to
require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its
deferred tax benefits that are recognizable because of a
business combination either in income from continuing operations
in the period of the combination or directly in contributed
capital, depending on the circumstances. SFAS 141R also
establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to
evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business
combination. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company believes the
adoption of SFAS 141R will not have a material impact on
its consolidated financial statements.
87
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications were made to the prior period
financial statements to conform to current period presentation.
Significant
Accounting Policies
Consolidation
Policy
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries. All significant
inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
Foreign
Currency Translation
In substantially all of the countries that the Company operates,
the functional currency is the local currency. Foreign
subsidiaries asset and liability accounts are translated
for consolidated financial reporting purposes into
U.S. dollar amounts at year-end exchange rates. Revenue and
expense accounts are translated at the average rates during the
year. Foreign exchange translation adjustments are included in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Transaction gains and
losses, which include the cost of forward exchange and option
contracts and the related settlement gains and losses, are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the
accompanying consolidated statement of income. The Company
recorded transaction losses of $5.7 million,
$12.4 million, and $2.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Forward
Exchange Contracts, Option Contracts and Interest Rate
Swaps
The Company enters into forward exchange contracts and option
contracts in managing its foreign exchange risk on sales to
distributors, purchase commitments denominated in foreign
currencies, intercompany transactions and bank loans. The
Company also enters into interest rate swaps in managing its
interest rate risk on its variable rate term loan. The Company
does not use the contracts for trading purposes.
In accordance with SFAS 133, the Company designates certain
of its derivative instruments as cash flow hedges and formally
documents its hedge relationships, including identification of
the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its
risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the
hedge transaction, at the time the derivative contract is
executed. The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedge
both at inception and on an on-going basis and determines
whether the hedge is highly or perfectly effective in offsetting
changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company records
the effective portion of changes in the estimated fair value in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently
reclassifies the related amount of accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) to earnings when the hedging
relationship is terminated. If it is determined that a
derivative has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the
Company will discontinue hedge accounting for such transaction.
For derivatives that are not designated as hedges, all changes
in estimated fair value are recognized in the consolidated
statements of income.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money
market accounts and foreign and domestic bank accounts. To
reduce its credit risk, the Company monitors the credit standing
of the financial institutions that hold the Companys cash
and cash equivalents.
88
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable consist principally of receivables from
credit card companies, arising from the sale of product to the
Companys distributors, and receivables from importers, who
are utilized in a limited number of countries to sell products
to distributors. Due to the geographic dispersion of its credit
card receivables, the collection risk is not considered to be
significant. Although receivables from importers can be
significant, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its importers and maintains an allowance for potential credit
losses. The Company believes that it provides adequate
allowances for receivables from its distributors.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted
SFAS 157, except as it applies to the nonfinancial assets
and nonfinancial liabilities subject to FSP
No. 157-2.
SFAS 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes
methods for measuring fair value, establishes a fair value
hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value, and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. As disclosed
in Note 14, Fair Value Measurements, the Company has
properly measured and disclosed its financial instruments.
The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial
instruments using the following methods and assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables
and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the
short-term maturities of these instruments;
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities are based on the quoted market prices for
these instruments;
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts are based on exchange rates at period
end;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of option and forward contracts are based on
dealer quotes;
|
|
|
|
The book values of the Companys variable rate debt
instruments are considered to approximate their fair values
because interest rates of those instruments approximate current
rates offered to the Company; and
|
|
|
|
The fair values for fixed rate borrowings have been determined
based on recent market trade values and are disclosed in
Note 4, Long-Term Debt, in the Notes to consolidated
financial statements.
|
Inventories
Inventories are stated at lower of cost (on the
first-in,
first-out basis) or market. The Company had reserves for
obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $11.6 million
and $12.0 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Deferred
Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent fees and expenses related to
the borrowing of the Companys long-term debt and are
amortized over the term of the related debt.
Long-Lived
Assets
Depreciation of furniture, fixtures, and equipment (includes
computer hardware and software) is computed on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets,
which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related
asset or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
Depreciation of furniture, fixtures, equipment, and leasehold
improvements totaled $48.7 million, $33.3 million and
$27.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
89
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment, based on
undiscounted cash flows, whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets
may not be recoverable. Measurement of an impairment loss is
based on the estimated fair value of the asset.
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are
evaluated on an annual basis for impairment, or more frequently
if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset
might be impaired. Intangible assets with finite lives are
amortized over their expected lives, which are three years for
the distributor network, five years for product formulas and two
years for product certifications. The annual amortization
expense for intangibles was $1.8 million and
$3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, all
intangibles with finite lives had been fully amortized.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the goodwill balance was
$110.7 million and $111.5 million, respectively. The
$0.8 million decrease was due primarily to the effect of
the settlement of an international tax audit related to the
pre-Acquisition period.
Income
Taxes
Income tax expense includes income taxes payable for the current
year and the change in deferred income tax assets and
liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have
been recognized in the Companys financial statements or
income tax returns. A valuation allowance is recognized to
reduce the carrying value of deferred income tax assets if it is
believed to be more likely than not that a component of the
deferred income tax assets will not be realized.
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation Number 48, or
FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting
for uncertainties in income taxes recognized in an
enterprises financial statements. The interpretation
prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement
recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of
uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income
tax returns. The Company adopted FIN 48 at the beginning of
fiscal year 2007 and it did not have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements. See
Note 12, Income Taxes, for further discussion on
income taxes.
Royalty
Overrides
An independent distributor may earn commissions, called royalty
overrides or production bonuses, based on retail volume. Such
commissions are based on the retail sales volume of certain
other members of the independent sales force who are sponsored
by the distributor. In addition, such commissions are recorded
when the products are shipped.
Non-U.S. royalty
checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a
certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management
has calculated this period of certainty to be three years
worldwide.
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive income consists of net earnings, unrealized gains
or losses on investments, foreign currency translation
adjustments and the effective portion of the unrealized gains or
losses on derivatives. Comprehensive income is presented in the
consolidated statements of shareholders equity and
comprehensive income.
Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
$
|
(27,683
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,913
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of tax
|
|
|
(931
|
)
|
|
|
(1,034
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(28,614
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,947
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Operating
Leases
The Company leases all of its physical properties under
operating leases. Certain lease agreements generally include
rent holidays and tenant improvement allowances. The Company
recognizes rent holiday periods on a straight-line basis over
the lease term beginning when the Company has the right to the
leased space. The Company also records tenant improvement
allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent liabilities and
amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the lease to rent.
Research
and Development
The Companys research and development is performed by
in-house staff and outside consultants. For all periods
presented, research and development costs were expensed as
incurred and were not material.
Earnings
Per Share
Basic earnings per share represents net income for the period
common shares were outstanding, divided by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
earnings per share represents net income divided by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding, inclusive of the effect of
dilutive securities such as outstanding equity-based
compensation awards, or awards, and warrants.
The following are the share amounts used to compute the basic
and diluted earnings per share for each period (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in basic computations
|
|
|
63,785
|
|
|
|
69,497
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
Dilutive effect of awards outstanding
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
|
|
3,449
|
|
Dilutive effect of warrants
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in diluted computations
|
|
|
65,769
|
|
|
|
72,714
|
|
|
|
74,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards to purchase 2.3 million, 1.0 million and
0.3 million common shares at prices ranging from $38.54 to
$48.64, $39.86 to $45.46, and $36.60 to $40.16, were outstanding
during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, but were not included
in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the
award exercise prices were greater than the average market price
of a common share and therefore such awards would be
anti-dilutive.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
to the independent distributor or importer. Sales are recognized
on a net sales basis, which reflects product returns, net of
discounts referred to as distributor allowances, and
amounts billed for freight and handling costs. Freight and
handling costs paid by the Company are included in cost of
sales. The Company generally receives the net sales price in
cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale. The
Company currently presents sales taxes collected from customers
on a net basis. Related royalty overrides and allowances for
product returns are recorded when the merchandise is shipped.
Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with the
Companys buyback program, are provided at the time the
product is shipped. This accrual is based upon historic return
rates for each country and the relevant return pattern, which
reflects anticipated returns to be received over a period of up
to 12 months following the original sale.
Share-Based
Payments
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic
value method as outlined in Accounting Principles Board, or APB,
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, or APB 25, and related interpretations,
91
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
in accounting for share-based awards made under its plans. Under
the intrinsic value method, compensation expense is recorded on
the date of grant to the extent that the current market price of
the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price.
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or
SFAS 123R. This statement replaces SFAS No. 123
and supersedes APB 25. SFAS No. 123R requires
that all share-based compensation be recognized as an expense in
the financial statements and that such cost be measured based on
the fair value of the awards granted. The Company used the
modified prospective transition method, which requires the
recognition of compensation expense on a prospective basis only.
Accordingly, prior period financial statements have not been
restated.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods available for
resale and can be categorized as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Weight Management, Targeted Nutrition and Energy, Sports and
Fitness
|
|
$
|
102.5
|
|
|
$
|
99.9
|
|
Outer Nutrition
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Literature, Promotional and Others
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Inventories, net
|
|
$
|
134.4
|
|
|
$
|
128.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories are presented net of the reserves for obsolete and
slow moving inventory of $11.6 million and
$12.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Borrowings under senior credit facility
|
|
|
324.5
|
|
|
|
357.1
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
Other debt
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
351.6
|
|
|
|
365.2
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
336.5
|
|
|
$
|
360.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense was $20.1 million, $16.4 million and
$44.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
92
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On July 21, 2006, the Company entered into a
$300.0 million senior secured credit facility, comprised of
a $200.0 million term loan and a $100.0 million
revolving credit facility, with a syndicate of financial
institutions as lenders and replaced the $225.0 million
senior secured credit facility, originally entered into on
December 21, 2004. The term loan bears interest at LIBOR
plus a margin of 1.5%, or the base rate plus a margin of 0.50%,
and matures on July 21, 2013. The revolving credit facility
bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25%, or the base rate
plus a margin of 0.25%, and is available until July 21,
2012. On December 31, 2008 and 2007, the weighted average
interest rate for the senior secured credit facility was 3.04%
and 6.26%, respectively.
The senior secured credit facility requires the Company to
comply with a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. In
addition, the senior secured credit facility contains customary
covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the
Companys ability to: incur liens, incur indebtedness,
make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted
payments, merge or consolidate and enter into certain
transactions with affiliates.
The Company incurred approximately $2.3 million of debt
issuance costs in connection with entering into the new senior
secured credit facility in July 2006, which are being amortized
over the term of the new senior secured credit facility. The
Company repaid all amounts outstanding under its prior senior
secured credit facility amounting to $79.6 million.
Consequently, the Company expensed $1.7 million of
unamortized deferred financing costs related to that credit
facility.
On August 23, 2006, the Company borrowed
$200.0 million pursuant to the term loan under the new
senior secured credit facility to fund the redemption of its
91/2% Notes
due 2011, or the
91/2% Notes.
The total redemption price of the
91/2% Notes
was $187.8 million and consisted of $165.0 million
aggregate principal amount, $16.6 million purchase premium
and $6.2 million accrued interest. The redemption premium
of $16.6 million and the write-off of unamortized deferred
financing costs and discounts of $4.6 million associated
with the
91/2% Notes
were included in interest expense in the third quarter of 2006.
In September 2006, the Company prepaid $20.0 million of its
new term loan borrowings resulting in $0.1 million
additional interest expense from the write-off of unamortized
deferred financing costs. In March 2007, the Company made
another prepayment of $29.5 million and expensed
approximately $0.2 million of related unamortized deferred
financing costs. As of December 31, 2008, the Company is
obligated to pay approximately $0.4 million of the term
loan every quarter until June 30, 2013, and the remaining
principal on July 21, 2013. As of December 31, 2008 and
2007, the amounts outstanding under the term loan were
$146.8 million and $148.4 million, respectively.
During the second quarter of 2007, the Company borrowed an
aggregate amount of $100.0 million under the revolving
credit facility to fund its stock repurchase program. In June
2007, the Company repaid $40.0 million of the amounts
outstanding under this facility. In September 2007, the Company
and its lenders amended the credit agreement, increasing the
amount of its current revolving credit facility by an aggregate
principal amount of $150.0 million to finance the increase
in the stock repurchase program (see Note 9,
Shareholders Equity, for further discussion of the
share repurchase program). During the third quarter of 2007, the
Company borrowed an additional amount of $48.7 million and
repaid $30.0 million of the amounts outstanding under this
facility. During October 2007, the Company repaid
$15.0 million of the revolving credit facility, and during
December 2007, the Company borrowed an additional amount of
$145.0 million.
During the first quarter of 2008, the Company paid
$30.0 million of the revolving credit facility. In May
2008, the Company borrowed an additional $40.0 million
under the revolving credit facility to fund its share repurchase
program and in June 2008 paid $28.0 million of the
revolving credit facility. During the third quarter of 2008, the
Company paid $45.0 million of the revolving credit
facility, and in September 2008, the Company borrowed an
aggregate amount of $10.0 million under the revolving
credit facility. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company
borrowed an additional $68.0 million under the revolving
credit facility to fund its share repurchase program and paid
$46.0 million of the revolving credit facility. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amounts outstanding under
the revolving credit facility were $177.7 million and
$208.7 million, respectively.
93
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Annual scheduled principal payments of long-term debt are:
$15.1 million, $12.3 million, $3.2 million,
$180.1 million, $140.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.
Through the course of conducting regular business operations,
certain vendors and government agencies may require letters of
credit to be issued. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had
$2.8 million of issued but undrawn letters of credit.
The Company has warehouse, office, furniture, fixtures and
equipment leases, which expire at various dates through 2019.
Under the lease agreements, the Company is also obligated to pay
property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.
Certain leases contain renewal options. Future minimum rental
commitments for non-cancelable operating leases and capital
leases at December 31, 2008, were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2010
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
2011
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
2012
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
2013
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
42.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
156.1
|
|
|
$
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: amounts included above representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of net minimum lease payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007,
and 2006 was $40.8 million, $36.5 million, and
$34.4 million respectively.
Property under capital leases is included in property on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Equipment
|
|
$
|
16.4
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
(10.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5.7
|
|
|
$
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Employee
compensation plans
|
The Company maintains a profit sharing plan pursuant to
Sections 401(a) and (k) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The plan is available to
substantially all employees who meet length of service
requirements. Employees may elect to contribute between 2% to
17% of their compensation, and the Company will make matching
contributions in an amount equal to one dollar for each dollar
of deferred earnings not to exceed 3% of the participants
earnings. Participants are partially vested in the Company
contributions after one year and fully vested after five years.
The Company contributed $2.0 million, $1.7 million and
$1.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
94
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
During 2008, the Company amended its profit sharing plan
effective January 1, 2009. Starting January 1, 2009,
employees may elect to contribute up to 75% of their
compensation, however, contributions are limited to a maximum
annual amount as set periodically by the Code. The Company will
make matching contributions in an amount equal to one dollar for
each dollar of deferred earnings up to the first 1%, and then
make matching contributions in an amount equal to 50% of one
dollar for each dollar on the subsequent 5% of deferred
earnings. The contributions become fully vested after two years.
The Company has non-qualified deferred compensation plans for
select groups of management: the Herbalife Management Deferred
Compensation Plan, and the Herbalife Senior Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan. The deferred compensation plans allow
eligible employees to elect annually to defer up to 50% of their
base annual salary and up to 100% of their annual bonus for each
calendar year, or Annual Deferral Amount. The Company makes
matching contributions on behalf of each participant in the
Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The Senior
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan provides that the amount of
the matching contributions is to be determined by the Company at
its discretion. For 2008, the matching contribution was 3% of a
participants base salary.
Each participant in either of the non-qualified deferred
compensation plans discussed above has at all times a fully
vested and non-forfeitable interest in each years
contribution, including interest credited thereto, and in any
Company matching contributions, if applicable. In connection
with a participants election to defer an Annual Deferral
Amount, the participant may also elect to receive a short-term
payout, equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus interest. Such
amount is payable in two or more years from the first day of the
year in which the Annual Deferral Amount is actually deferred.
The total deferred compensation of the two non-qualified
deferred compensation plans net of participant contributions was
a benefit of $4.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 and an expense of $1.7 million and
$1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively. The total long-term deferred compensation
liability under the two deferred compensation plans was
$14.0 million and $20.2 million at December 31,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
The deferred compensation plans are unfunded and their benefits
are paid from the general assets of the Company, except that the
Company has contributed to a rabbi trust whose
assets will be used to pay the benefits if the Company remains
solvent, but can be reached by the Companys creditors if
the Company becomes insolvent. The value of the assets in the
rabbi trust was $15.8 million and
$19.3 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
|
|
7.
|
Transactions
with related parties
|
Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. and Whitney & Co., LLC
and their affiliates, former controlling shareholders of the
Company ceased to be affiliates of the Company in the first
quarter and second quarter of 2007, respectively. Prior to this,
Whitney and Golden Gate had direct and indirect ownership of
four companies that provided products and services to the
Company. Total purchases of goods and services from these
companies amounted to $0.8 million and $1.7 million
for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation.
The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in
which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate
by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss
estimate can be made.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to
various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to
date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably
possible range of exposure on currently existing claims is not
material to the Company. The Company believes that it has
meritorious defenses to the allegations contained in the
lawsuits. The Company currently maintains product liability
insurance with an annual deductible of $10 million.
95
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have been subject to
tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective
countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental
authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional
taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company
and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses
to their allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the
Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes
and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and the Company
cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the
opinion of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not
likely result in a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition and operating results. This opinion is based
on the belief that any losses suffered in excess of amounts
reserved would not be material, and that the Company has
meritorious defenses. Although the Company has reserved an
amount that the Company believes represents the most likely
outcome of the resolution of these disputes, if the Company is
incorrect in the assessment the Company may have to record
additional expenses.
The Company had 61.4 million, 64.4 million and
71.6 million common shares outstanding at December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In December 2004, the Company
authorized 7.5 million preference shares at $0.002 par
value. The 7.5 million authorized preference shares remain
unissued as of December 31, 2008. Preference shares may be
issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such
series to have such voting powers (full or limited or without
voting powers), designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions as determined by the
Companys board of directors.
Dividends
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of the Companys board of directors and will depend upon
various factors, including its earnings, financial condition,
restrictions imposed by its credit agreement, cash requirements,
future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by its board
of directors. The senior credit facility, entered into on
July 21, 2006, as amended, permits payments of dividends as
long as no default or event of default exists and the sum of the
amounts paid with respect to dividends and share repurchases
does not exceed the sum of $450.0 million plus seventy five
percent of cumulative consolidated net income from the first
quarter of 2007 to the last day of the quarter most recently
ended prior to the date of dividend.
No dividends were declared or paid during fiscal year 2006.
During the second quarter of 2007, the Companys board of
directors adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend program. On
April 18, August 6, and October 30, 2007, the
Companys board of directors authorized a $0.20 per common
share cash dividend. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and
declared during fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 was
approximately $41.5 million.
During fiscal year 2008, the Companys board of directors
authorized a $0.20 per common share cash dividend on
January 31, May 1, August 5, and October 30,
2008. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and declared during
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately
$50.7 million.
Share
Repurchases
On April 18, 2007, the Companys board of directors
authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of the
Companys common shares during the next two years, at such
times and prices as determined by Company management, as market
conditions warrant. On August 23, 2007, the Companys
board of directors approved an increase of $150 million to
its previously authorized share repurchase program raising the
total value of Company common shares authorized to be
repurchased to $450 million. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, the Company repurchased approximately
9.1 million of its common shares through open market
purchases at an aggregate cost of $365.8 million or an
average cost of $40.42 per share.
96
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On May 20, 2008, the Companys board of directors
approved an additional increase of $150 million to the
share repurchase program raising the total value of Company
common shares authorized to be repurchased to $600 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company
repurchased approximately 4.6 million of common shares
through open market purchases at an aggregate cost of
$137.0 million, or an average cost of $29.60 per share.
As of December 31, 2008, since the inception of the share
repurchase program, the Company has repurchased approximately
13.7 million of its common shares at an aggregate cost of
$502.8 million or an average cost of $36.76 per share.
During fiscal years 2008 and 2007, the aggregate purchase price
of the common shares that the Company repurchased was reflected
as a reduction to shareholders equity. The Company
allocated the purchase price of the repurchased shares as a
reduction to retained earnings, common stock and additional
paid-in capital.
Equity
Compensation Plans
The Company has five stock-based compensation plans, the WH
Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan, or the
Management Plan, the WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
Independent Directors Stock Incentive Plan, or the Independent
Directors Plan, the Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, or
the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, and the
Herbalife Ltd. Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and
Stock Unit Plan, or the Independent Director Stock Unit Plan.
The Management Plan provides for the grant of options to
purchase common shares of Herbalife to members of the
Companys management. The Independent Directors Plan
provides for the grant of options to purchase common shares of
Herbalife to the Companys independent directors. The 2004
Stock Incentive Plan replaced the Management Plan and the
Independent Directors Plan and after the adoption thereof, no
additional awards were made under either the Management Plan or
the Independent Directors Plan. However, the shares remaining
available for issuance under these plans were absorbed by and
became available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. The terms of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan are
substantially similar to the terms of the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of
4,000,000 common shares pursuant to awards, plus any shares that
remained available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan at the time of the adoption of the 2005 Stock Incentive
Plan. The purpose of the Independent Directors Stock Unit Plan
is to facilitate equity ownership in the Company by its
independent directors through the award of stock units and to
allow for deferral by the independent directors of compensation
realized in connection with such stock units.
The Companys stock-based compensation plans provide for
grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARS, and
stock units, which are collectively referred to herein as
awards. Stock options typically vest quarterly over a five-year
period beginning on the grant date, and certain stock option
grants vest over a period of less than five years. Certain SARS
vest quarterly over a five-year period beginning on the grant
date. Other SARS vest annually over a three-year period. The
contractual term of stock options and SARS is ten years. Stock
unit awards under the 2005 Incentive Plan, or Incentive Plan
Stock Units, vest annually over a three year period which is
equal to the contractual term. Stock units awarded under the
Independent Directors Stock Unit Plan, or Independent Director
Stock Units, vest at a rate of 25% on each January 15,
April 15, July 15 and October 15. In
January 2009, the Company amended the Independent Directors
Plan to comply with newly issued Internal Revenue Code
Section 457A to eliminate the deferral election and to move
to SARS from stock units. In March 2008, the Company granted
stock unit awards to its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
which vest over a four-year period at a rate of 30% during each
of the first three years and 10% during the fourth year. Awards
can be subject to market conditions, or market condition awards,
or to continued service with the Company, or service condition
awards. All awards granted by the Company are either market
condition awards or service condition awards. Unless otherwise
determined at the time of grant, the value of each stock unit
shall be equal to one common share of Herbalife. The
Companys stock compensation awards outstanding as of
December 31, 2008 include stock options, SARS, and stock
units.
97
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In March 2008, the Company granted SARS with market conditions
to its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer which will fully
vest at the end of four years subject to his continued
employment through that date and the achievement of certain
conditions related to the market value of the Companys
common shares. The market conditions include targets for stock
price appreciation of both a 10% and a 15% compound annual
growth rate.
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R.
This statement replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25.
SFAS 123R requires that all share-based compensation be
recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that
such cost be measured based on the fair value of the awards
granted. The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified
prospective transition method which requires the recognition of
compensation expense on a prospective basis only.
The Company records compensation expense over the requisite
service period which is equal to the vesting period. For awards
granted on or after January 1, 2006, the compensation
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting
term. Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of income. For the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, stock-based compensation expenses, relating
to service condition awards, amounted to $15.9 million,
$13.4 million and $11.3 million, respectively. For the
year ended December 31, 2008, stock-based compensation
expenses, relating to market condition awards, amounted to
$1.9 million. For the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007, and 2006 the related income tax benefits recognized in
earnings for all awards amounted to $6.7 million,
$5.0 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, the total unrecognized
compensation cost related to non-vested service condition stock
awards was $34.4 million and the related weighted-average
period over which it is expected to be recognized is
approximately 2.1 years. As of December 31, 2008, the
total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
market condition stock awards was $9.2 million and the
related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be
recognized is approximately 3.2 years.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
excess tax benefits of $15.3 million, $20.7 million
and $20.2 million, respectively, were generated from
exercises of awards.
The fair value of each service condition and market condition
award is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model and Monte Carlo
lattice model, respectively. The expected term of the award is
based on the simple average of the average vesting period and
the life of the award because of the limited historical data.
All groups of employees have been determined to have similar
historical exercise patterns for valuation purposes. The
expected volatility of the award is primarily based upon the
historical volatility of the Companys common shares and,
due to the limited period of public trading data for its common
shares, it is also validated against the volatility rates of a
peer group of companies. The risk free interest rate is based on
the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with
a remaining term equal to the expected term of the award. The
dividend yield reflects that the Company has not historically
paid regular cash dividends from inception to the first quarter
of 2007. Dividends paid by the predecessor company in 2002 and
prior and special dividends paid in 2004 in connection with the
initial public offering of the Companys common shares have
been excluded from the calculation. Commencing in the second
quarter of 2007, the board of directors approved a regular
quarterly dividend program. During the second, third and fourth
quarter of 2007, and during each quarter of 2008, the Company
declared a $0.20 per share cash dividend. However, there is no
guarantee that the board of directors will not terminate the
quarterly dividend program.
98
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
There were no stock option awards granted during the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007. The following table summarizes
the weighted average assumptions used in the calculation of the
fair value for service condition awards for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Independent Directors
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
SARS
|
|
|
Incentive Plan Stock Units
|
|
|
Stock Units
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
37.03
|
%
|
|
|
39.49
|
%
|
|
|
40.98
|
%
|
|
|
38.39
|
%
|
|
|
39.51
|
%
|
|
|
40.87
|
%
|
|
|
38.03
|
%
|
|
|
39.73
|
%
|
|
|
41.82
|
%
|
|
|
37.29
|
%
|
Dividends yield
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
2.01
|
%
|
|
|
2.00
|
%
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
Expected term
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
|
|
6.2 years
|
|
|
|
6.2 years
|
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
|
|
2.8 years
|
|
|
|
2.5 years
|
|
|
|
2.5 years
|
|
|
|
3.0 years
|
|
|
|
3.0 years
|
|
|
|
3.0 years
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.94
|
%
|
|
|
2.61
|
%
|
|
|
4.63
|
%
|
|
|
4.58
|
%
|
|
|
2.00
|
%
|
|
|
4.44
|
%
|
|
|
4.36
|
%
|
|
|
2.49
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.56
|
%
|
There were no market condition awards granted during the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. For market condition
awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2008, the
following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used
in the calculation of the fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SARS
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
38.5
|
%
|
Dividends yield
|
|
|
1.64
|
%
|
Expected term
|
|
|
5.5 years
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.61
|
%
|
The following tables summarize the activity under all
stock-based compensation plans, which includes all stock awards,
for the year ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
Stock Options & SARS
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Contractual Term
|
|
|
Value(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
8,159
|
|
|
$
|
20.80
|
|
|
|
6.9 years
|
|
|
$
|
159.1
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,887
|
|
|
$
|
46.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,549
|
)
|
|
$
|
14.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,530
|
)
|
|
$
|
33.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008(2)
|
|
|
6,967
|
|
|
$
|
26.32
|
|
|
|
6.2 years
|
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
3,994
|
|
|
$
|
18.14
|
|
|
|
5.3 years
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The intrinsic value is the amount by which the current market
value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the
stock award. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 0.8 million market condition awards that were
outstanding as of December 31, 2008. |
99
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Incentive Plan and Independent Directors Stock Units
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Outstanding and nonvested at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
273.9
|
|
|
$
|
38.40
|
|
|
$
|
10.5
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
514.1
|
|
|
$
|
45.22
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(106.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
37.46
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(205.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
43.25
|
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding and nonvested at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
476.3
|
|
|
$
|
43.41
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average grant date fair value of service condition
awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 was $23.58, $19.54 and $18.44, respectively. The
weighted-average grant date fair value of market condition
awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2008 was
$14.59. The total intrinsic value of service condition awards
exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007
and 2006 was $45.8 million, $60.1 million and
$55.5 million, respectively. There were no market condition
awards exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, and there were no market condition awards granted
during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
The following table summarizes information regarding option
groups outstanding at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Range of Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ 0.88 - $ 3.52
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
3.99
|
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
$ 5.00 - $10.56
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
4.44
|
|
|
$
|
10.01
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
10.06
|
|
$11.00 - $15.00
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
6.19
|
|
|
$
|
14.70
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
14.65
|
|
$15.50 - $15.50
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
|
$
|
15.50
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
15.50
|
|
$16.00 - $18.09
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
4.65
|
|
|
$
|
17.57
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
17.58
|
|
$18.10 - $24.64
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
4.72
|
|
|
$
|
23.83
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
24.03
|
|
$25.00 - $38.75
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
7.30
|
|
|
$
|
32.47
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
31.98
|
|
$38.77 - $40.25
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
8.32
|
|
|
$
|
39.97
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
39.80
|
|
$40.28 - $47.10
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
9.14
|
|
|
$
|
42.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$48.64 - $48.64
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
6.24
|
|
|
$
|
48.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
During 2007, the Company adopted a qualified employee stock
purchase plan, or ESPP, which was implemented during the first
quarter of 2008. In connection with the adoption of the ESPP,
the Company has reserved for issuance a total of 1 million
common shares. Under the terms of the ESPP, rights to purchase
common shares may be granted to eligible qualified employees
subject to certain restrictions. The ESPP enables the
Companys eligible employees, through payroll withholdings,
to purchase a limited number of common shares at 85% of the fair
market value of a common share at the purchase date. Purchases
are made on a quarterly basis.
The Company is a network marketing company that sells a wide
range of weight management products, nutritional supplements and
personal care products within one industry segment as defined
under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information. The Companys
products are manufactured
100
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
by third party providers and then sold to independent
distributors who sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or
other distributors.
The Company sells products in 70 countries throughout the world
and is organized and managed by geographic regions. The Company
aggregates its operating segments, excluding China, into one
reporting segment as management believes that the Companys
operating segments have similar operating characteristics and
similar long term operating performance. In making this
determination, management believes that the operating segments
are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product
acquisition process, the types of customers products are sold
to, the methods used to distribute the products, and the nature
of the regulatory environment. China has been identified as a
separate reportable segment as it does not meet the criteria for
aggregation.
Revenues reflect sales of products to distributors based on the
distributors geographic location.
In late 2008, the Company changed its geographic regions from
five to six regions as part of the Companys restructuring
program. These changes in geographic regions were intended to
create growth opportunities for distributors, support faster
decision making across the organization by reducing the number
of layers of management, improve the sharing of ideas and tools
and accelerate growth in its high potential markets. Historical
information presented related to the Companys geographic
regions has been reclassified to conform with its current
geographic presentation. The operating information for the
Companys reporting segment and China, and sales by product
line are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
477.6
|
|
|
$
|
419.0
|
|
|
$
|
338.3
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
352.2
|
|
|
|
370.8
|
|
|
|
373.2
|
|
China
|
|
|
145.0
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Others
|
|
|
1,384.4
|
|
|
|
1,280.0
|
|
|
|
1,141.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,359.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Margin(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
197.6
|
|
|
$
|
160.3
|
|
|
$
|
141.9
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
154.5
|
|
|
|
152.4
|
|
|
|
162.7
|
|
China
|
|
|
124.8
|
|
|
|
63.2
|
|
|
|
24.4
|
|
Others
|
|
|
627.1
|
|
|
|
571.5
|
|
|
|
500.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Margin
|
|
$
|
1,104.0
|
|
|
$
|
947.4
|
|
|
$
|
829.9
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
771.8
|
|
|
|
634.2
|
|
|
|
573.0
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
319.0
|
|
|
|
302.6
|
|
|
|
217.4
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
97.8
|
|
|
|
111.1
|
|
|
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
221.2
|
|
|
$
|
191.5
|
|
|
$
|
143.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
91.7
|
|
|
$
|
37.9
|
|
|
$
|
51.4
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
China
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Others
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital Expenditures
|
|
$
|
106.8
|
|
|
$
|
49.0
|
|
|
$
|
66.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales by product line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
1,485.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,359.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,190.0
|
|
Targeted Nutrition
|
|
|
491.8
|
|
|
|
433.4
|
|
|
|
364.1
|
|
Energy, Sports & Fitness
|
|
|
99.6
|
|
|
|
90.3
|
|
|
|
78.1
|
|
Outer Nutrition
|
|
|
146.6
|
|
|
|
144.2
|
|
|
|
151.7
|
|
Literature, Promotional and Other(2)
|
|
|
136.2
|
|
|
|
118.5
|
|
|
|
101.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,359.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America(3)
|
|
$
|
496.9
|
|
|
$
|
438.7
|
|
|
$
|
357.6
|
|
Mexico & Central America(4)
|
|
|
375.2
|
|
|
|
384.6
|
|
|
|
376.9
|
|
South America
|
|
|
360.6
|
|
|
|
300.1
|
|
|
|
224.1
|
|
EMEA(5)
|
|
|
570.7
|
|
|
|
567.7
|
|
|
|
548.0
|
|
Asia Pacific(6)
|
|
|
410.8
|
|
|
|
378.7
|
|
|
|
346.8
|
|
China
|
|
|
145.0
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,359.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,145.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and
royalty overrides. |
|
(2) |
|
Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are
included in the literature, promotional and other category. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of the U.S., Canada and Jamaica. |
102
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Consists of Mexico, Costa Rica, Panama, Dominican Republic, El
Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Guatemala. |
|
(5) |
|
Consists of Europe, Middle East and Africa. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of Asia (excluding China), New Zealand and Australia. |
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, total assets for the
Companys reporting segment, excluding China, was $1,074.3
million and $1,041.8 million, respectively. Total assets
for China was $47.0 million and $25.4 million as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, the net property located in the
U.S. and in all foreign countries was $146.6 million
and $28.9 million, respectively. As of December 31,
2007, the net property located in the U.S. and in all
foreign countries was $92.9 million and $28.1 million,
respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, the deferred tax assets related to
the U.S. and all foreign countries was $40.6 million and
$31.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the
deferred tax assets related to the U.S. and all the foreign
countries was $26.7 million and $46.1 million,
respectively.
|
|
11.
|
Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
|
Interest
Rate Risk Management
The Company engages in an interest rate hedging strategy for
which the hedged transactions are forecasted interest payments
on the Companys variable rate term loan. The hedged risk
is the variability of forecasted interest rate cash flows, where
the hedging strategy involves the purchase of interest rate
swaps. For the outstanding cash flow hedges on interest rate
exposures at December 31, 2008, the maximum length of time
over which the Company is hedging these exposures is
approximately nine months.
On July 21, 2006, an interest rate swap, originally entered
into on February 21, 2005, was terminated due to the debt
refinancing, and interest income of approximately
$0.8 million was recorded in the Companys
consolidated statement of income during the quarter ended
September 30, 2006. Under the current credit facility, the
Company is obligated to enter into interest rate hedge for up to
25% of the aggregate principal amount of the term loan for a
minimum of three years. On August 23, 2006, the Company
entered into a new interest rate swap agreement. The agreement
provides for the Company to pay interest for a three-year period
at a fixed rate of 5.26% on various notional amounts while
receiving interest for the same period at the LIBOR rate on the
same notional principal amounts. The swap has been designated as
a cash flow hedge against the variability in LIBOR interest rate
on the new term loan at LIBOR plus 1.50%, thereby fixing the
Companys effective rate on the notional amounts at 6.76%.
The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least
quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives used in hedging
transactions are effective in offsetting changes in cash flows
of the hedged item. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the
hedge relationship qualified as an effective hedge under
SFAS 133. Consequently, all changes in the fair value of
the derivative are deferred and recorded in other comprehensive
income until the related forecasted transaction is recognized in
the consolidated statements of income. The fair value of the
interest rate swap agreement is based on third-party bank quotes.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded the
interest rate swap as a liability at fair value of
$1.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively, with the
offsetting amount recorded in other comprehensive income. As of
December 31, 2008, the estimated amount of existing loss
related to cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified into
earnings over the next nine months is $1.0 million.
103
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The interest rate swap is used to hedge the interest rate
exposure on the variable interest rate term loan. The fair value
of the interest rate swap is based on third-party bank quotes.
The table below describes the interest rate swap that was
outstanding as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Swap
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Swap
|
|
$
|
40.0
|
|
|
|
5.26
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
9/30/2009
|
|
Foreign
Currency Instruments
The Company designates certain derivatives, such as foreign
currency forward and option contracts, as freestanding
derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The
changes in the fair market value of these derivatives are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the
Companys consolidated statements of income. The Company
uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge
foreign-currency-denominated intercompany transactions and to
partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.
The Company also uses foreign currency option contracts to
partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.
The fair value of the forward and option contracts are based on
third-party bank quotes. As of December 31, 2008, all of
the Companys outstanding foreign exchange forward and
option contracts mature within one year with the majority
maturing within 90 days.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company also
purchased $45.0 million of forward contracts in order to
hedge forecasted inventory purchases that are designated as
cash-flow hedges and are subject to foreign currency exposures.
The Company elected to apply the hedge accounting rules as
required by SFAS 133 for these hedges. These contracts
allow the Company to sell Euros in exchange for US dollars at
specified contract rates. As of December 31, 2008,
approximately $45.0 million of these contracts were
outstanding and are expected to mature over the next
12 months. The Companys derivative financial
instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at
fair value based on quoted market rates. These forward contracts
are used to hedge forecasted inventory purchases over specific
months. Changes in the fair value of forward contracts,
excluding forward points, designated as cash-flow hedges are
recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
earnings within stockholders equity, and are recognized in
cost of goods sold in the period which approximates the time the
hedged inventory is sold. As of December 31, 2008, the
Company recorded a liability at fair value of $0.1 million
with the offsetting amounts recorded in other comprehensive
income relating to the outstanding contracts. The Company
assesses hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness
at least quarterly. During the period ended December 31,
2008, the ineffective portion recorded to the Companys
consolidated statements of income, relating to these hedges,
were immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of
December 31, 2008.
104
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The table below describes all foreign currency forward contracts
that were outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Contract Rate
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell MXN
|
|
|
19.42
|
|
|
$
|
50.0
|
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Buy SEK sell EUR
|
|
|
11.00
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy MYR sell EUR
|
|
|
4.87
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy DKK sell EUR
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy TWD sell EUR
|
|
|
45.95
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy GBP sell EUR
|
|
|
0.97
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy CLP sell USD
|
|
|
633.00
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy USD sell YEN
|
|
|
98.42
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Buy USD sell EUR
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
99.6
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Buy USD sell BRL
|
|
|
2.29
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Buy USD sell MXN
|
|
|
11.18
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
1.52
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Buy MXN sell USD
|
|
|
11.56
|
|
|
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
221.0
|
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Contract Rate
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy BRL sell USD
|
|
|
1.77
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Buy DKK sell EUR
|
|
|
7.45
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell GBP
|
|
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell MXN
|
|
|
15.95
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell MXN
|
|
|
15.88
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Buy EUR sell SEK
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Buy GBP sell EUR
|
|
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
39.44
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy KRW sell USD
|
|
|
935.00
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy MYR sell EUR
|
|
|
4.81
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy NOK sell EUR
|
|
|
7.97
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy NZD sell EUR
|
|
|
1.90
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy PLN sell EUR
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell EUR
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy TWD sell EUR
|
|
|
46.71
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Buy USD sell EUR
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
55.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Buy USD sell TRY
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy YEN sell EUR
|
|
|
166.00
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Buy YEN sell USD
|
|
|
113.57
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
202.3
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company did not have any foreign currency option contracts
outstanding as of December 31, 2007. The following table
provides information about the details of the Companys
foreign currency option contracts outstanding as of
December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell EURO/buy USD) Euro
|
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
1.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell MXN/buy USD) Mexican Peso
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
10.76
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total option contracts
|
|
$
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most of the Companys foreign subsidiaries designate their
local currencies as their functional currency. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the total amount of cash held
by foreign subsidiaries was $142.0 million and
$154.8 million, respectively, of which $9.7 million
and $8.4 million, respectively, was maintained or invested
in U.S. dollars.
106
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The components of income before income taxes are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
101.7
|
|
|
$
|
154.3
|
|
|
$
|
157.2
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
217.3
|
|
|
|
148.3
|
|
|
|
60.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
319.0
|
|
|
$
|
302.6
|
|
|
$
|
217.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes are as follows (in millions of dollars):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
$
|
48.4
|
|
|
$
|
47.7
|
|
|
$
|
37.2
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
46.4
|
|
|
|
54.5
|
|
State
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
(11.5
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(12.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
97.8
|
|
|
$
|
111.1
|
|
|
$
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The significant categories of temporary differences that gave
rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (tax
effected in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals not currently deductible
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
43.2
|
|
Foreign tax credits and tax loss carryforwards of certain
foreign subsidiaries
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Depreciation/amortization
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Deferred compensation plan
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
Deferred interest expense
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
Accrued state income taxes
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Other
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
84.2
|
|
|
|
74.5
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets
|
|
$
|
72.0
|
|
|
$
|
72.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
122.8
|
|
|
$
|
125.4
|
|
Inventory deductibles
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Unrealized foreign exchange
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
135.4
|
|
|
$
|
140.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax accounts
|
|
$
|
(63.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(67.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognizes valuation allowances on deferred tax
assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence it is
more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. The Company believes that the majority of
its deferred tax assets will be realized because of the reversal
of certain significant taxable temporary differences and
anticipated future taxable income from operations.
At December 31, 2008, the Companys deferred tax
assets consisted primarily of foreign tax loss carryforwards and
deferred expenses and were reduced by valuation allowances of
$12.2 million. The foreign tax loss carryforwards of
$5.7 million expire in varying amounts between 2009 and
indefinitely.
At December 31, 2008 the Company had approximately
$54.2 million on unremitted earnings that was permanently
re-invested in foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, deferred taxes
were not provided for these unremitted earnings. If these
earnings were remitted, the result would be a net US tax cost to
the Company of approximately $2.5 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company
benefited from the terms of a tax holiday in the Peoples
Republic of China. The tax holiday commenced on January 1,
2008 and will terminate on December 31, 2012. Under the
terms of the holiday, the Company is subject to a zero tax rate
in China during the 2008 and 2009 years and a concessionary
tax rate in China for the remaining years included in the
holiday period.
The applicable statutory income tax rate in the Cayman Islands
was zero for Herbalife Ltd. for the years being reported. For
purposes of the reconciliation between the provision for income
taxes at the statutory rate and the
108
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
provision for income taxes at the effective tax rate, a notional
35% tax rate is applied as follows (in millions of dollars):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Tax expense at United States statutory rate
|
|
$
|
111.7
|
|
|
$
|
105.9
|
|
|
$
|
76.1
|
|
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences between U.S. and foreign tax rates on foreign
income, including withholding taxes
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
U.S. tax (benefit) on foreign income net of foreign tax credits
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Extraterritorial income exclusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
Unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
97.8
|
|
|
$
|
111.1
|
|
|
$
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the total amount of the
unrecognized tax benefits, including related interest and
penalties was $52.8 million. The unrecognized tax benefits
primarily relate to uncertainties from international transfer
pricing issues, the deductibility of certain operating expenses
in various jurisdictions, anticipated settlements in foreign tax
audits and the expiration of the statute of limitations in
several jurisdictions. If the total amount of unrecognized tax
benefits was recognized, $35.3 million of unrecognized tax
benefits, $8.5 million of interest and $3.3 million of
penalties would impact the effective tax rate and
$5.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits would impact
goodwill.
The Company accounts for the interest and penalties generated by
tax contingencies as a component of income tax expense. During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded
interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions of
$0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 2008, total accrued interest and penalties
were $8.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.
The following changes occurred in the amount of unrecognized tax
benefits (including related interest and penalties) during the
year ended December 31, 2008 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
50.3
|
|
Additions for current year tax positions
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
Additions for prior year tax positions
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Reductions for prior year tax positions
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
Reductions for audit settlements
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Reductions for the expiration of Statutes of Limitation
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
52.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits (including related interest and
penalties) increased $2.5 million during the year including
a benefit from foreign currency fluctuations of approximately
$2.6 million. The $2.6 million benefit attributable to
foreign currency fluctuations was accounted for as an increase
to other comprehensive income.
The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the
amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to
approximately $20 million within the next twelve months. Of
this possible decrease, $12 million would be due to the
settlement of audits or resolution of administrative or judicial
proceedings. The remaining possible decrease of $8 million
would be due to the expiration of statute of limitations in
various jurisdictions.
109
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2008, the Companys tax filings are
generally subject to examination in major tax jurisdictions for
years ending on or after December 31, 2004.
|
|
13.
|
Restructuring
Reserve
|
In July 2006, the Company initiated its realignment of its
employee base as part of the first phase of its Realignment for
Growth plan. The Company recorded $1.8 million and
$10.5 million of professional fees, severance and related
costs for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, relating to the first phase of its Realignment for
Growth plan. All such amounts were included in selling, general
and administrative expenses and were all paid as of
December 31, 2008.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company initiated the
second phase of its Realignment for Growth plan. The Company
recorded $1.9 million and $4.0 million of professional
fees, severance and related costs for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, relating to the
second phase of its Realignment for Growth plan. All amounts
were paid as of December 31, 2008.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company initiated a
restructuring program and incurred approximately
$4.8 million of professional fees, severance and related
costs. The Company expects to complete this restructuring
program in 2009.
The following table summarizes the components of this reserve as
of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Cash Payments
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
4.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
Cash Payments
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Cash Payments
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, which defines
fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
U.S. and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The
provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the
FASB issued FASB Staff Position,
FAS 157-1,
or FSP
FAS 157-1.
FSP 157-1
amends SFAS 157 to exclude SFAS 13, Accounting for
Leases, and its related interpretive accounting
pronouncements that address leasing transactions. On
January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of
SFAS 157 related to its financial assets and liabilities,
except as it applies to those nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities as noted in FSP
FAS 157-2.
The adoption did not have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
110
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
SFAS 157, defines fair value as the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date (exit price). SFAS 157 establishes a fair
value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring
fair value into three broad levels as follows:
Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting
entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or
liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or
similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active,
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the
asset or liability and inputs that are derived principally from
or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or
other means.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or
liability.
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair
value as discussed throughout the notes to its consolidated
financial statements. Assets or liabilities that have recurring
measurements and are measured at fair value are shown below:
Fair
Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Assets/Liabilities
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Description
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Financial Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward and option contracts
|
|
$
|
4.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets
|
|
$
|
4.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward and option contracts
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest rate swap
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial liabilities
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In January 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, or SFAS 159, which permits entities to
choose to measure many financial instruments, and certain other
items, at fair value. SFAS 159 also establishes
presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate
comparisons between entities that choose different measurement
attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities.
SFAS 159 did not have an impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements as the Company did not elect
to adopt the fair value option for any of its financial assets
and liabilities.
15.
Subsequent Event
On February 20, 2009, the Companys Board of Directors
approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per common share,
for the fourth quarter, to shareholders of record effective
March 3, 2009, payable on March 17, 2009.
111
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
16.
|
Quarterly
Information (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
First Quarter Ended March 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
604.4
|
|
|
$
|
508.1
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
486.8
|
|
|
|
400.8
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
62.4
|
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.93
|
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
Second Quarter Ended June 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
639.7
|
|
|
$
|
530.1
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
511.7
|
|
|
|
418.7
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
67.1
|
|
|
|
48.1
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
Third Quarter Ended September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
602.2
|
|
|
$
|
529.5
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
485.6
|
|
|
|
423.7
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
58.1
|
|
|
|
48.3
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
$
|
0.71
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.89
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
Fourth Quarter Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
512.9
|
|
|
$
|
578.1
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
416.8
|
|
|
|
464.2
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.77
|
|
112
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereto duly authorized.
HERBALIFE Ltd.
Richard Goudis
Chief Financial Officer
Dated: February 24, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MICHAEL
O. JOHNSON
Michael
O. Johnson
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Director, Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD
GOUDIS
Richard
Goudis
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
PEZZULLO
David
Pezzullo
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEROY
BARNES
Leroy
Barnes
|
|
Director
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD
BERMINGHAM
Richard
Bermingham
|
|
Director
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ COLOMBE
M. NICHOLAS
Colombe
M. Nicholas
|
|
Director
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ VALERIA
RICO
Valeria
Rico
|
|
Director
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JOHN
TARTOL
John
Tartol
|
|
Director
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEON
WAISBEIN
Leon
Waisbein
|
|
Director
|
|
February 24, 2009
|
113